UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172022

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to .__________.

Commission File Number 001-38348

Commission file number:       001-38348

RANPAK HOLDINGS CORP.

One Madison Corporation

(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)its charter)

Cayman IslandsN/A

Delaware

98-1377160

(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Identification Number)

3 East 28th Street, 8th Floor7990 Auburn Road

New York, New York 10016Concord Township, Ohio44077

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Tel: 212-763-0930

(440) 354-4445

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each ClassName of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Units,Title of each consistingclass

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of one each exchange on which registered

Class A ordinary share, $0.0001Common Stock, par value and one half of one warrant to purchase one Class A

Ordinary$0.0001 per share

PACK

The

New York Stock Exchange

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par valueThe New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to purchase Class A ordinary sharesThe New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YesNo

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YesNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,”company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

The registrant was not a public company at June 30, 2017, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and therefore it cannot calculate the aggregate market value of its voting and non-votingshares of Class A common equitystock, par value $0.0001 per share held by non-affiliates at such date. The registrant’s Units began tradingof the registrant was approximately $322,517,100, based on the closing sale price of $7.00 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on January 18, 2018 and the registrant’s Class A ordinary shares began separate trading on the New York Stock Exchange on February 21, 2018. At December 31, 2017,June 30, 2022.

As of March 13, 2023, the registrant had no Class A ordinary shares outstanding.

As of March 28, 2018, the registrant had 30,000,00079,468,609 of its Class A ordinarycommon shares, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding and 11,250,0002,921,099 of its Class B ordinaryC common shares, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on May 25, 2023, are incorporated by reference into Part II and Part III of this Form 10-K.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022

Table of Contents

Page

Page

PART

Part I

1

Item 1.1

Business

1

Business

2

Item 1A.1A

Risk Factors

6

12

Item 1B.1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

34

28

Item 2.2

Properties

34

Properties

28

Item 3.3

Legal Proceedings

34

29

Item 4.4

Mine Safety Disclosures

34

29

PART

Part II

35

Item 5.5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

35

29

Item 6.6

Selected Financial Data

36

Reserved

30

Item 7.7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

36

30

Item 7A.7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

42

43

Item 8.8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

F-1

45

Item 9.9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

43

81

Item 9A.9A

Controls and Procedures

43

81

Item 9B.9B

Other Information

43

86

PART III

Item 9C

44

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

86

Part III

Item 10.10

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

44

86

Item 11.11

Executive Compensation

53

86

Item 12.12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

53

86

Item 13.13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

54

86

Item 14.14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

56

86

PART

Part IV

58

Item 15.15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

58

86

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Item 16

59

Form 10-K Summary

87

SIGNATURESSignatures

60

90

i

PART I

Item 1.Business

Except where the context otherwise requires, all referencesCautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”), including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. When used in this Report, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our” or similar words or phrases are to One Madison Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company. References to our “management”us or our “management team” refer to our executive officers and directors, and references to the “sponsor” refer to One Madison Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,management, identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements contained in which our founder, Omar M. Asali, together with certain affiliates, holds a controlling 80% ownership interest. References to our “initial shareholders” refer to the sponsor, the anchor investors (as defined below), the BSOF Entities (as defined below)this Report and the Company’s management.

Introduction

WeExhibits attached hereto are a blank check company incorporatedbased on July 13, 2017 as a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have reviewed,our current expectations and continuebeliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us taking into account information currently available to review, opportunities to enter into a business combination, but we are not able to determine at this time whether weus. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will complete a business combination with any of the target businessesbe those that we have reviewed or with any other target business. We also have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on our business activities, the Company isanticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a “shell company” as defined under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash.

On January 22, 2018, we consummated our initial public offering (the “initial public offering”) of 30,000,000 units (the “units”). Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $300 million. Prior to the consummation of the initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and certain other investors (the “anchor investors”) purchased 3,750,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $37,500, or approximately $0.01 per share (together, the “founder shares”). The founder shares were issued to the anchor investors in connection with their agreement to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 ordinary shares (13,025,000 Class A ordinary shares and 1,975,000 Class C ordinary shares) (“forward purchase shares”), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (“forward purchase warrants”) for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150 million, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of the initial business combination (the “forward purchase agreements”). We also entered into the strategic partnership agreement (the “Strategic Partnership Agreement), pursuant to which the sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shares to BSOF Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and BSOF Master Fund II L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, both affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together, the “BSOF Entities”). On March 8, 2018, the Sponsor surrendered 1,125,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration, which the Company cancelled, following the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option granted in the initial public offering.

Upon execution of the forward purchase agreements, each anchor investor elected to receive a fixed number of Class A ordinary sharesrisks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or Class C ordinary shares. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provideother assumptions that following the consummation of our initial business combination, the Class C ordinary shares may cause actual results or performance to be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written noticematerially different from those expressed or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party.

Pursuant to the Strategic Partnership Agreement, the BSOF Entities have agreed to act as our strategic partner and may provide debt or equity financing in connection with our initial business combination,implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not requiredlimited to:

our inability to do so. The founder shares held by secure a sufficient supply of paper to meet our production requirements;
the BSOF Entities are subjectimpact of rising prices on production inputs, including labor, energy, and freight on our results of operations;
the impact of the price of kraft paper on our results of operations;
our reliance on third party suppliers;
the COVID-19 pandemic and associated response;
the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine;
the high degree of competition in the markets in which we operate;
consumer sensitivity to certain transfer restrictions, forfeiture and earnout provisions similar to those imposed upon our sponsor andincreases in the anchor investors. If we seek shareholder approvalprices of our initial business combination, the BSOF Entities have agreed to vote any founder shares they may ownproducts;
global inflation and other macroeconomic factors;
changes in favor of such initial business combination. The BSOF Entities may designate one observer to our board of directors until the consummation of our initial business combination. The BSOF Entities have also separately purchased an aggregate of 560,000 private placement warrants, at a price of  $1.00 per warrant, in the Initial Private Placement. Such private placement warrants have the same terms and conditions as those purchased by our anchor investors. The BSOF Entities will be entitled to registration rights with respect any ordinary shares and warrants held by them. We believe that the combination of capital provided by our anchor investors and a strategic partnership with the BSOF Entities will provide us with a material advantage in effecting an initial business combination.


Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Initial Private Placement”) of 8,000,000 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share, as applicable, at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $8 million.

Upon the closing of the initial public offering and the Initial Private Placement, $300 million ($10.00 per unit) from the net proceeds thereof was placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (“Trust Account”), and is invested in a money market fund selected by the Company until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the initial business combination or (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to complete a business combination by January 22, 2020, subject to applicable law.

After the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of $10,500,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our initial business combination if consummated) and approximately $1,000,000 in expenses relating to the initial public offering, approximately $1,000,000 of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and Initial Private Placement was not deposited into the Trust Account and was retained by us for working capital purposes. The net proceeds deposited into the Trust Account remain on deposit in the Trust Account earning interest.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following our initial public offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash held in the Trust Account, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination

While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any industry or location, we intend to focus on the consumer sector and consumer-related businesses based predominantly in North America with global reach. We believe our management team has the skills and experience to identify, evaluate and consummate a business combination and is positioned to assist businesses we acquire in the following categories: (i) consumer products or services, (ii) food and beverage and (iii) adjacent manufacturing or industrial services businesses linked to a consumer end-user. We intend to target businesses that have stable cash flows, strong management teams, and attractive growth prospects over the long term. Our management and our operating and advisory committee have extensive experience not only identifying and executing the acquisition of private and public companies, but also the running and operating of businesses post-transaction.


Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a valuation or appraisal firmpreferences with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business or businesses, it may be unable to do so if the board is less familiar or experienced with the target company’s business, there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interestpaper products generally;

continued consolidation in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transactionmarkets in which we issue a substantial numberoperate;
the loss of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majoritysignificant end-users of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interestsproducts or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portionlarge group of such businessend-users;
our failure to develop new products that meet our sales or businesses that is ownedmargin expectations;
our future operating results fluctuating, failing to match performance or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a due diligence review which may encompass, among meet expectations;

our ability to fulfill our public company obligations; and
other things, meetings with incumbent managementrisks and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information which will beuncertainties indicated from time to time in filings made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

The time required to evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Redemption rights for holders of public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination

We will provide our shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units sold in the initial public offering (the “public shares”) upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest, less income taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, and with respect to the initial shareholders other than the anchor investors, any public shares they may hold in connection with the consummation of the initial business combination.

3

Conduct of redemptions pursuant to tender offer rules

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”),.

PART I

Throughout this Report, when referring to “Ranpak,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we will, pursuantare referring to Ranpak Holdings Corp. and all of our subsidiaries, except where the context indicates otherwise.

Unless otherwise noted, references to a particular year are to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association: (a) conductfiscal year, which corresponds to the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14Ecalendar year ended or ending on December 31 of the Exchange Act,same year. For example, a reference to “2022” is a reference to the year ended December 31, 2022.

Non-U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) Information

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We have, however, also presented below Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) and adjusted EBITDA (“AEBITDA”), which regulate issuer tender offers;are non-GAAP financial measures. We have included EBITDA and (b) file tender offer documentsAEBITDA because they are key measures used by our management and Board of Directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating EBITDA and AEBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our primary business operations. Adjusting AEBITDA for comparability for constant currency also assists in this comparison as it allows a better insight into the performance of our businesses that operate in currencies other than our reporting currency. Before consolidation, our Europe/Asia financial data is derived in Euros. To calculate the adjustment that we apply to present AEBITDA on a constant currency basis, we multiply this

1


Euro-derived data by 1.15 to reflect an exchange rate of 1 Euro to 1.15 U.S. dollars (“USD”), which we believe is a reasonable exchange rate to use to give a stable depiction of the business without currency fluctuations between periods, to calculate Europe/Asia data in constant currency USD. An exchange rate of 1.15 approximates the average exchange rate of the Euro to USD over the past five years. We also present non-GAAP constant currency net revenue and derive it in the same manner. We believe that EBITDA and AEBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating the Company’s operating results in the same manner as our management and Board of Directors.

However, EBITDA and AEBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In particular, EBITDA and AEBITDA should not be viewed as substitutes for, or superior to, net income (loss) prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of profitability or liquidity. Some of these limitations are:

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and AEBITDA do not reflect all cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
EBITDA and AEBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
AEBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
EBITDA and AEBITDA do not reflect the impact of the recording or release of valuation allowances or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;
AEBITDA does not take into account any restructuring and integration costs;
AEBITDA is presented on a constant currency basis and gives effect to the impact of currency fluctuations;
while EBITDA for all periods herein has been reported without giving effect to constant currency adjustments, we have previously presented EBTIDA on a constant currency basis, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure to certain of our historical results that are not presented in this report; and
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA and AEBITDA differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

EBITDA — EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: benefit from (provision for) income taxes; interest expense; and depreciation and amortization.

AEBITDA — AEBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we present on a constant currency basis and calculate as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: benefit from (provision for) income taxes; interest expense; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation expense; and, in certain periods, certain other income and expense items; as further adjusted to reflect the performance of the business on a constant currency basis.

In addition, we include certain other unaudited, non-GAAP constant currency data for 2022 and 2021. This data is based on our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this Report, adjusted (where applicable) to reflect a constant currency presentation between periods for the convenience of readers. We reconcile this data to our GAAP data for the same period under “Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures” for 2022 and 2021.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Our Business

Ranpak is a leading provider of environmentally sustainable, systems-based, product protection and end-of-line automation solutions for e-commerce and industrial supply chains. Since our inception in 1972, we have delivered high quality protective packaging solutions, while maintaining our commitment to environmental sustainability. We differentiate ourselves by our:

Distinct Business Model. Our paper-based Protective Packaging Solutions (“PPS”) business utilizes a razor/razor-blade model where our proprietary PPS systems are provided to our distributors and certain select end-users for a nominal user fee, charged on a per-unit basis, and are coupled with the SEC prior to completingsale of high-margin value-added paper consumables that work exclusively with our initial business combination which contain substantiallyPPS systems. Use of other suppliers’ paper on our PPS systems increases the same financial andlikelihood of negative operating consequences, such as jamming, ineffective yield, and/or other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14Aperformance deficiencies. We retain ownership of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Submissionmost of our initialPPS systems. This business combinationmodel is designed to a shareholder vote

Ingenerate attractive margins that are recurring in nature through the event that we seek shareholder approvalsale of our initialpaper consumables. Our business combination, we will distribute proxyis global, with a strong presence in the U.S. and Europe along with an expanding footprint in Asia, serving end-users in approximately 57 countries across 6 continents. End-users rely on our paper consumables for use exclusively with our installed base of systems.

2


Environmentally Sustainable Product Portfolio. Our paper packaging materials are fiber-based, biodegradable, renewable, and in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only ifcurb-side recyclable to customers. Our paper packaging materials contain little or no plastic or other resin-based inputs. Additionally, a majority of our paper packaging materials are manufactured from entirely or partially recycled content. In 2022, approximately 54.5% of our raw paper supply was Forest Stewardship Council (“FSC”) certified. Through our proprietary PPS systems and value-added kraft paper consumables, we offer a reliable, fast, and effective suite of protective packaging solutions. We believe that preference for environmentally sustainable packaging solutions will be a key driver of growth moving forward, particularly to the outstanding ordinary shares votedextent plastics and other resin-based solutions come under increasing public scrutiny.

Attractive Financial Profile. We historically have benefited from consistently strong growth in net revenue and our installed base, net revenue that is recurring in nature, attractive profit margins, and substantial free cash flow conversion. Our capital expenditures per PPS system and each system’s long protective useful life result in attractive payback periods and returns on invested capital. Our sales are votedgeographically diverse, with 43.3% of our 2022 net revenue generated from end-users in North America, 46.5% generated from end-users in Europe, and 10.2% generated from end-users in Asia and other locations.
Diversified End-User Base. Through our extensive distributor network and select direct sales, we have over 139,100 installed systems serving over 36,000 end-users across diversified and growing end-user markets, as of December 31, 2022. We have a full suite of paper-based PPS systems to meet the needs of a variety of end-users, from small businesses to global corporations. These end-users include leading e-Commerce companies, as well as suppliers and sellers of automotive after-market parts, information technology (“IT”)/electronics, machinery, home goods, industrial, warehousing/transport services, healthcare, and other products.
Well Established, Long-Term Distributor Relationships. We have arrangements with approximately 300 distributors globally, which enable us to reach thousands of small and medium-sized end-users while maintaining an asset-light capital base and a lean sales force. We have long-term, established relationships with our distributors and the continuity of these relationships evidences the strength of our business model, as well as the value proposition we provide for our distributors and end-users. Furthermore, the depth and longevity of these relationships have created a distributor network that is highly knowledgeable and well versed in conveying the benefits of our systems to new and existing end-users. Moreover, substantially all of our net revenue from distributors is generated by those who have agreed to sell our products exclusively and not to sell or promote our competitors’ paper-based solutions.
Reputation as a Reliable Leader in Comprehensive Fiber-Based Solutions. We believe our PPS systems are known for their reliability, speed, and total cost effectiveness. We work hand-in-hand with our distributors or, on a selective basis, directly with some end-users to ensure that end-users obtain a solution that meets their specific needs, whether that be a single unit for a low volume end-user or a highly-customized base of hundreds of units across multiple facilities for a high-volume end-user. Furthermore, through our distributors, we strive to ensure that our end-users are consistently supplied with our paper consumables on-time and that their PPS systems are running with minimal downtime. Most importantly, we, either directly or with our distributors, work with end-users to examine their end-of-line operations to maximize throughput, minimize cost and reduce breakage.
Unique Approach to Automation. Our Automated Paper Solutions (“APS”) and Automated Solutions (“AS”) (collectively, “Automation”) product lines provide end-of-line automation systems that solve two distinct challenges facing end-users of our products:
Automated Dunnage Insertion. Our APS systems pair three-dimensional computer vision with Ranpak converters to automatically determine the optimal amount of void-fill or wrapping necessary to protect the product or products being shipped and then dispense that optimal amount into a box prior to its being sealed by our automated solution. These systems reduce the total cost of ownership for our end-users by reducing labor and dunnage costs.
Automated Box-Sizing. Our AS systems include several automated box-sizing solutions and corrugated case erectors to tailor the size of the corrugated box to the size of the product or products being shipped. These systems allow our end-users to both reduce their void-fill needs and optimize their logistics with smaller boxes while reducing labor costs.

These solutions offer end-users numerous benefits including the reduction of shipping costs, waste, and labor, resulting in improved efficiency.

Multiple Drivers of Growth. We believe that our business benefits from multiple factors that will drive our future growth:
Growth of E-commerce. E-commerce is a significant growth driver in our business. Approximately 31.0% of our net revenue is derived from sales to e-commerce end-users, and the overall e-commerce market demonstrated compound annual growth in the high teens from 2015 to 2019. E-commerce activity increased further beginning in 2020 due to the growth experienced during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. While such growth slowed in 2022, we continue to believe that global investment in e-commerce provides a significant tailwind for us.

3


Focus on Sustainability. Additionally, we believe both our end-users and consumers, generally, are demonstrating an increasing preference for environmentally sustainable solutions. We believe that these increasing preferences in favor of environmental sustainability will also be a significant driver of our continued growth. We believe our investments into paper innovations help close the price gap for sustainable solutions and provide an important tailwind for continued growth.
Demand for Automation. Our Automation product lines provide significant improvements to end-of-line packaging speed and lower labor costs for many high-volume businesses. As businesses become more sophisticated, we believe many will look for ways to improve production efficiencies driving further demand for automated solutions.
Expansion into Cold Chain. We believe businesses and consumers are increasingly demonstrating preferences for environmentally sustainable cold chain solutions to keep food and beverages cold during transit. We have expanded our offering to include fiber-based liners and sustainable plant-based cool packs to keep perishable goods cool while they are being delivered to consumers.
Expansion into Retail Channel and Consumables. We believe the retail channel provides a substantial opportunity for consumable versions of our existing Wrapping product line. We also believe significant opportunity exists to sell environmentally friendly packaging alternatives directly to consumers.
Continued Product Development and Innovation. We believe our ability to consistently innovate and add products to our portfolio through internal development and mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”) will provide us with additional growth opportunities.
Geographic Expansion. Historically, geographic expansion has fueled our growth, and we believe further geographic expansion will continue to drive our future growth.
Keen Focus on Innovation and Strategic Investments. We believe we are a leading innovator in packaging material, packaging systems and manufacturing technologies. Our solutions deliver automation, productivity and sustainability enhancements to our end-users’ operations. Through our robust research and development (“R&D”) pipeline, we plan to continue to improve our value proposition by rolling-out next generation products to improve performance and efficiency as well as expanding product lines adapted to continuously evolving consumer and business combination. preferences. We work to respond to customer needs and develop innovative products and solutions that improve supply chain performance, reduce costs and environmental impact, and deliver value. Our recent innovations include:
2022
Globally launched Flap’it!™, a new solution in our AS product suite
Globally launched the next generation of the Cut’it!™ EVO solution in our AS product suite
2021
Launched new PPS Cushioning product, PadPak® Auto-Coiler, in North America
Launched new APS product, AutoFill™, in North America
Formed R Squared Robotics to develop cutting-edge end-of-line packaging systems utilizing the power of artificial intelligence and three-dimensional computer vision combined with robotics

In addition to expanding our offerings through internal development, we seek to provide value added solutions to our customers through acquisitions as well as strategic investments and partnerships. In 2021, we made two strategic investments to supplement our portfolio:

Pickle Robot Co. (“Pickle”): Pickle has developed a low cost, collaborative package-handling robot that automates several key tasks along the e-commerce supply chain including sorting, as well as loading and unloading of packaged goods within logistical lines. Our investment in Pickle is highly strategic and complements and expands our Automation products.
creapaper GmbH (“Creapaper”): Creapaper is the inventor of grasspaper and uses a patented process to produce graspap, a raw material required for producing grasspaper. Creapaper has been expanding its reach across Europe through its development and placement of carbon dioxide-saving grasspaper products such case,as hygienic papers, food & carrying bags, and single-use plastic replacements with retail clients in Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the Netherlands and Italy.
Intellectual Property. We have a long history of continuous systems innovation and product development supported by our comprehensive patent portfolio. We have maintained an extensive patenting program since our inception for our PPS systems

4


and accessories, processes and paper packaging materials. We maintain substantial trade secret knowledge regarding the utilization of our paper consumables in each model of our PPS systems product lines, which, together with the distributor contractual arrangements described above, prevent third-party paper from being used on our PPS systems. We hold over 774 U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications directed to various innovations related to our business, as well as more than 264 U.S. and foreign trademark registrations and trademark applications that protect our branding.
Focus on Talent and Leadership: We have assembled a strong international team of talented, motivated, inclusive, and diverse employees to maintain our leadership in the industry, drive our growth and to achieve our strategic objectives. We have implemented a focused talent acquisition and development strategy to ensure our teams continue to have the right skills to execute our strategy on a global basis.

Our PPS Products

Our PPS products are designed to be flexible and responsive to the needs of our end-users. The flexibility and breadth of our full range of systems allows us to provide our end-users with the optimal protective solution to meet their specific needs and help ensure that their products reach their shipping destination in a cost-effective manner with minimal breakage. We derive substantially all of our net revenue (over 90% in 2022 and 2021) through the sale of high-margin paper consumables that work exclusively with our PPS systems. These PPS systems, which include the accompanying paper consumables, fall into three broad categories:

Void-Fill. Our Void-Fill protective systems quickly and efficiently convert paper to fill empty spaces in secondary packages and protect objects, reducing object movement during shipping and potential damage sustained in transit. We sell our Void-Fill products under the brand name FillPak® and offer a variety of FillPak® units. We have an installed base of approximately 82,000 FillPak® units as of December 31, 2022. Our Void-Fill products generated $130.6 million in revenue in 2022, accounting for 40.0% of our net revenue.
Cushioning. Our Cushioning protective systems convert paper into cushioning pads by crimping paper to trap air between the layers so that objects are protected from external shocks and vibrations during shipping as well as to prevent movement of objects as they travel through the global supply chain. We sell our Cushioning products under the brand name PadPak® and offer a variety of PadPak® units. We have an installed base of approximately 35,000 PadPak® units as of December 31, 2022. Our Cushioning products generated $140.3 million in revenue in 2022 and accounted for 43.0% of our net revenue.
Wrapping. Our Wrapping protective systems create pads or paper mesh to securely wrap and protect fragile items from shock and surface damage sustained during the shipping and handling process. In addition to securely wrapping and protecting fragile items, our Wrapping systems are used to line boxes and provide separation when shipping multiple objects. We sell our Wrapping products under the brand names WrapPak®, Geami®, and ReadyRoll®. We offer a variety of WrapPak® and Geami® converter units. We offer both motorized Geami® dispensing systems and manual systems, where the operator simply pulls the paired sheets against tension to expand the die-cut kraft paper. We also offer the Geami® combination of die-cut and tissue in a disposable cardboard dispenser as well as in a Geami®-based offering to be sold directly to consumers without a dispenser in retail stores under the brand name ReadyRoll®. We do not set minimum annual paper consumption targets for the disposable units, as the full production cost and margin associated with the dispenser is covered with each sale.

Included within our Wrapping systems are our Cold Chain products, which are used to provide insulation for goods that require temperatures to be controlled during transport. Additionally, we further expanded our Cold Chain products with the December 2021 acquisition of Recycold Cool Solutions B.V. (“Recycold”), the manufacturer of Recycold Cool Packs, which are sustainable cool packs made from a biodegradable, plant-based gel.

We have an installed base of approximately 22,000 WrapPak® units, which were predominantly Geami® converter units, as of December 31, 2022. Our Wrapping products generated $40.5 million in revenue in 2022, which accounted for 12.4% of our net revenue. Geami® revenue includes sale of tissue rolls in addition to kraft paper.

We retain ownership of most of our PPS systems (other than, e.g., certain disposable Wrapping systems and FillPak® Manual). This model allows distributors and end-users access to our proprietary systems at little or no capital expense and enables us or our distributors to reclaim un- or under-utilized units for refurbishment and redeployment, which benefits us, our distributors, and our end-users through increased efficiency and cost savings. As of December 31, 2022, we had an installed base of approximately 139,100 PPS systems.

Our consumables ship in bulk, which is efficient for customers in shipping and require less storage space than many competing products. We convert the vast majority of raw paper to create rolls and bundles of paper that integrate with our PPS systems and into direct or consumable products. Our PPS systems predominantly use kraft paper of varying weights, sizes, and configurations. Unlike many competitive products (e.g., foam, air pillows, bubble wrap, loose fill, etc.), our paper packaging materials are fiber-based, renewable, and environmentally sustainable. With the exception of the pouches used for our Recycold cool packs, none of our paper

5


consumables include plastic or other resin-based components. Instead, they are paper-based and biodegradable, renewable, and curb-side recyclable. Additionally, a majority of our paper consumables sold to end-users are created from entirely or partially recycled content. In 2022, 54.8% of the pulp used to manufacture our paper consumables was recycled fiber, with 8.3% recycled from post-industrial waste and 46.5% recycled from post-consumer waste. In 2022, approximately 54.5% of our raw paper supply was FSC certified.

Our Automation Products

Our AS solutions are comprised of configurable automated systems that fulfill the needs of end-of-line packaging automation for product distribution and shipping. We utilize one-dimensional box reduction that optimizes the size of corrugated boxes to fit the contents being shipped. In addition to optimizing box-size, our AS solutions can be configured to automatically erect and form corrugated boxes, and apply glued lids to seal the box. Our solutions allow end-users to minimize dunnage use, utilize sustainable dunnage, and improve the speed and efficiency of end-of-line packaging operations as well as help reduce product returns from damage during shipment.

Our APS solutions utilize proven Ranpak paper converter technology and help end users automate the void filling and box closure processes after product packing is complete. Using machine vision, these technologies dispense the proper amount of void fill to protect products while minimizing labor requirements to pack and, depending on end-user need, can be configured to close the box, insert sustainable paper cushioning liners within boxes, and/or apply shipping labels. Our solutions provide for the capability to insert void and close multiple dimensions of box sizes to suit the end user needs. Our APS solutions can be fully automated or semi-automated, depending on end-user business process requirements. These systems allow end-users to minimize labor, optimize their use of dunnage, improve protection for items being shipped, and make end-of-line packaging operations more efficient.

Unlike our PPS systems and APS solutions, we do not retain ownership of our AS solutions. Rather, we design and sell our AS solutions outright to our customers and derive revenue by designing, manufacturing, installing, and servicing AS solutions at end-user facilities. Depending on the needs of a customer, our APS solutions may consist of components that are sold outright to the customer or may include a mix of components sold outright and components of which we retain ownership. However, in all cases, our current business model for our Automation product line involves the direct or indirect sale of highly customized systems, designed on the basis of our consultancy and product engineering expertise. As the market for our Automation products is rapidly evolving, we have extended our Automation services to offer extended service warranties beyond the initial shareholderswarranty period, packaging line solutions, and the sale of spare parts. Our Automation products accounted for 4.6% of our net revenue in 2022.

Our Distribution Model

We sell the vast majority of our paper packaging materials to an established network of approximately 300 distributors worldwide who, in turn, store, market and sell our products, including bundles and rolls, to end-users. Moreover, substantially all of our net revenue from distributors is generated by those who have agreed to vote their founder sharesexclusivity with our products and any public shares purchased duringnot to sell or afterpromote competitors’ paper-based solutions. Our sales and marketing teams, as well as our highly skilled engineers, work closely with distributors and ultimate end-users, on-site or remotely, to optimize the initial public offering in favorcustom configuration and installation of our initialPPS systems and Automation products at the end-user’s facility. For each product, we set targets for minimum annual paper consumption in order to justify the capital deployed to that account. Accordingly, our sales team, in conjunction with our distributors, help end-users select which products meet their specific needs based on their own volume requirements and business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespectiveobjectives. Sales through our global distributor network accounted for 90.5% of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. our net revenue in 2022.

In addition, we sell our initial shareholdersPPS systems and Automation products directly to certain select end-users. In some cases, these end-users operate some of the largest, most complex and sophisticated warehouse operations into which our PPS and Automation systems are integrated. Our engineering and other teams also assist our direct-sale end-users in ensuring the optimal customized installation of our products at their facilities. Direct sales to end-users accounted for 9.5% of our net revenue in 2022.

Through our distributor network and our direct sales, we serve greater than 36,000 end-users including participants in e-commerce, the auto after-market, electronics, machinery, home goods, industrial, warehousing/transport services, healthcare, and other markets. Our field of end-users is diverse, with greater than 75.8% of distributor-serviced end-users generating less than $10,000 of our net revenue in 2022.

Our Performance

In 2022, we generated net revenue of $326.5 million and $42.5 million of income from operations. Our revenues are geographically diverse, with 43.3% of our 2022 net revenue generated from end-users in North America, 46.5% generated from end-users in Europe, and 10.2% generated from end-users in Asia and other locations. In addition, approximately 58.3% of our net revenue in 2022 was generated from outside the United States.

6


Our Strategy

Our strategy for adding to our customer base includes investing in innovation, our sales force and distributor relationships across all end markets as well as expanding geographically. Beyond our leading position in paper-based Void-Fill and Cushioning protective packaging systems, we expect to also focus on other emerging applications, such as Wrapping, Automation, Cold Chain, and Retail Consumables, for continued growth. While still relatively small, representing 12.4% of our net revenue in 2022, we believe our Wrapping product line can provide a platform for growth largely due to our Geami® products, which provide a highly effective and environmentally friendly alternative to plastic bubble wrap, as well as an opportunity to expand our distribution channels into the retail and retail shipping segments. Our December 2021 acquisition of Recycold helps us to provide a more comprehensive sustainable Cold Chain solution for customers. We also have invested in the development of alternative and more sustainable paper pulps and substrates through our investment in Creapaper.

Our Automation products represented only 4.6% of our net revenue in 2022, however, following development through acquisitions and organic growth, we believe it will serve as a platform for expansion to better serve end-users with higher volume requirements and more sophisticated end-of-line needs. In 2021, we created R Squared Robotics, a division of Ranpak, that uses three-dimensional computer vision and artificial intelligence technologies to improve end-of-line packaging and logistics functions. Additionally, in July 2021, we advanced our focus on Automation with a strategic investment in Pickle. We are currently building facilities in both the United States and the Netherlands with dedicated space for Automation functions. All of these efforts complement and expand our focus on our Automation products. We believe our Automation products provide us with an opportunity to increase our penetration with existing customers and broaden our customer base to include business segments that we have not historically served. We will also continue to identify additional product and service opportunities for our current and future end-user markets.

We are pursuing expansion of our customer base in several ways. We have a global sales organization that works hand-in-hand with the sales representatives of our approximately 300 distributors to introduce our products and services to potential accounts. Our broad product portfolio allows us to serve any type of business with protective packaging needs across all end markets. We will also seek to broaden our customer base through geographic expansion by enhancing our regional capabilities in sales and marketing and expanding sales of our existing product lines in growth regions, such as Asia-Pacific (“APAC”), South America, and Central and Eastern Europe. We have recently established a full-service paper conversion facility in Malaysia, which we anticipate to be operational in the second half of 2023. We believe the Malaysia facility can improve our ability to serve customers in the region by shortening lead times as well as provide a more attractive cost profile to the APAC market than we have historically been able to offer. Combined with the localized presence and connection to Southeast Asia, we believe the Malaysia facility can bring favorable growth opportunities.

We seek to enhance our position as a leading global provider of innovative sustainable packaging solutions that our customers rely on to improve performance, cost competitiveness and automation to enhance productivity within their operations. In order to achieve these goals, we are focused on the following strategic priorities.

Grow organically. We will continue to focus on offering innovative solutions that enable our end-users to meet their sustainability needs while growing their business, reducing their costs and mitigating the risks associated with ineffective and/or unreliable end-of-line systems. We will also continue to provide distributors with the tools to win new accounts through training programs such as our Ranpak Academy and collaboration with our sales and engineering teams. We plan on leveraging our position as a trusted provider of sustainable packaging solutions to leading e-commerce end-users and industrial business to business end-users and further align ourselves with these market leaders as they expand to new locations and geographies, as well as continue to serve small, high growth platforms. We also believe there are significant opportunities to increase penetration across end markets. We aim to grow beyond our current PPS systems by expanding our existing Wrapping, Automation and Retail and Consumables offerings into new end-markets. Finally, we believe our fiber-based wrapping systems offer a cost-competitive, environmentally friendly, and compelling alternative to plastic-based wrap and we expect them to gain share as the focus on environmental sustainability becomes increasingly ingrained in commerce.
Drive innovation. We intend to maintain and extend our technological leadership, expertise and our environmentally sustainable value proposition through continuous improvement of our product and service offerings to bolster speed, improve efficacy, and decrease packing footprint, as well as by introducing new products that deliver the environmentally friendly solutions customers require for their business needs. Our recent innovations in 2022 and 2021 include Flap’it!™, the next generation of our Cut’it!™ EVO solution, PadPak® Auto-Coiler, and AutoFill™.
Pursue targeted growth opportunities. We have identified a number of potential growth opportunities, including market expansion for existing products, such as Wrapping, as well as in additional areas of focus, such as Cold Chain/thermal packaging, sales through the retail channel, and automation. We intend to further build out our regional capabilities and combine our local market knowledge in new or currently under-served geographies with our broad portfolio and strengths in innovation and customer service to take advantage of the burgeoning growth opportunities across the globe. For example, the Asia-Pacific region has a large, well-developed parcel shipping business, but currently represents only 10.2% of our net revenue in 2022. We believe that the new Malaysia facility can strengthen our performance in the APAC region. We believe

7


that growing environmental awareness world-wide, combined with an increasing regulatory trend to limit the use of polymer-based foams and plastic films in many jurisdictions, present an opportunity for our paper-based protective packaging solutions in an ever-expanding number of geographies.
Grow via partnerships and acquisitions. We believe that we are well-positioned to execute a growth strategy, targeting acquisitions or partnerships in our key areas of focus and adjacent business lines. In addition to our investment in Pickle and our acquisition of Recycold, in September 2021, we made a strategic investment in Creapaper, the inventor of grasspaper and provider of grasspaper products, a natural paper substrate. Our investment and acquisition activity in 2021 demonstrates our continued focus on growing the company through appropriate business acquisition opportunities as well as developing partnerships to expand the scope of our technologies, geographic presence and product offerings. We expect to focus on identifying opportunities and executing an accretive M&A strategy to further solidify our position as a leader in environmentally sustainable solutions by enhancing growth in our key areas of focus and/or acquiring adjacent businesses to our product offering.

Industry

The macroeconomic effects of COVID-19 emphasized the importance of the broader global protective packaging industry in the world economy. The global protective packaging industry is fragmented and competitive with market leaders accounting for a relatively small share of the market. This fragmentation is due primarily to the variety of product types and the myriad of applications in which they are used around the world.

Protective packaging is used to store and protect goods during shipping and handling from shock, vibration, abrasion and other damages. It is mainly used to fill the empty space between the product/merchandise and exterior carton or container (often referred to as dunnage), or to protect goods during shipment. As a general matter, the value of the goods being shipped, as well as the potential cost of breakage, far outweigh the cost of in-the-box protective packaging, which drives the demand for effective protective packaging solutions like ours. Protective packaging comes in various forms such as foam, air pillows, bubble wrap, cushion products, loose fill (e.g., Styrofoam packing peanuts), paperboard protectors and protective mailers, as well as non-engineered solutions such as newsprint, tissue paper, shredded corrugated cardboard and other materials.

The protective packaging industry is characterized by a diversity of applications and end markets, within both the industrial and consumer segments. Historically, growth in the protective packaging industry has been positively impacted by trends such as expedited delivery of individualized packages, globalization of the supply chain, and increased focus on efficiency and reduced shipping costs. We believe more recent and future growth drivers include further expansion of e-commerce activity, increased customization of protective packaging systems in markets such as electronics, and increased demand for environmentally friendly protective packaging. In our view, those markets most closely linked to e-commerce and/or sustainable packaging are those best positioned for growth in the future.

Our Market

Our end-user market consists of any business that sells and ships products requiring packaging. Accordingly, these end-users are highly dependent on their ability to obtain a cost-effective and efficient in-the-box packaging solution. Our end-users operate in a variety of businesses, including e-commerce, the automotive after-market, electronics, machinery/manufacturing, home goods, pharmaceuticals, retail and others.

We primarily sell our products to our distributors which, in turn, market and sell our products to our end-users. We also sell products directly to select end-users. In 2022, 90.5% of our net revenue was derived from sales to our distributors and approximately 9.5% of our net revenue was derived from sales directly to end-users.

Distributors. We primarily sell our products to our network of approximately 300 distributors worldwide. These distributors vary in size and, generally, offer a broad suite of packaging and other warehousing products and services to the end-users they serve, including other protective packaging systems, such as plastic bubble wrap and air pillows. Substantially all of our net revenue from distributors is generated by those who have agreed to waive their redemption rightsexclusivity with our products and not to sell or promote competitors’ paper-based solutions.

Additionally, our distributors benefit from the collaborative approach we foster with our internal sales, engineering and marketing organization. We work with our distributors to win additional end-users of our paper-based products that the distributor, in turn, can service on an on-going basis with a broad suite of packaging equipment and supplies. Our distributors also typically address the needs of our end-users directly with respect to any ongoing protective system service needs. In order to facilitate the collaborative process, we meet with our distributors to discuss end-user needs and potential solutions, provide training programs (including through our

8


Ranpak Academy program) for distributors that are designed to cultivate their founder shares,knowledge of, and with respectloyalty to, our brands, as well as provide the tools they need to successfully market and place our systems.

As a result of these and other efforts, we have built and maintained a well-established distributor network that is comprised primarily of long-term business relationships and the continuity of these relationships evidences the strength of our business model, as well as the value proposition for our distributors and end-users. Furthermore, the depth and longevity of these relationships result in a distributor network that is highly knowledgeable and well versed in conveying the benefits of our systems to end-users. We believe that our distributor-based distribution model is particularly well suited to the initial shareholdershighly fragmented nature of the protective packaging solution end-user market we seek to serve by enabling us to reach a broad range of end users across size, industry and geography while maintaining a lean internal salesforce and capital base.

End-Users. We have greater than 36,000 global end-users. These end-users operate in a wide variety of businesses and rely on our systems for a cost-effective and efficient paper-based protective packaging solution that meets their operational and shipping needs. Our field of end-users is diverse and historically stable, with greater than 75.8% of distributor-serviced accounts generating less than $10,000 in annual net revenue in 2022. Our end-users vary in size from extremely small specialty manufacturers or retailers to some of the largest global e-commerce companies. While most of our end-users purchase our products from our distributors, we also sell our products directly to select end-users. Direct sales to end-users accounted for approximately 9.5% of our net revenue in 2022.

E-commerce. We believe changing consumer preferences and buying habits will drive continued e-commerce growth, both among pure-play e-commerce companies, as well as among historical brick-and-mortar companies seeking to expand their e-commerce presence. We further believe the critical necessity of brand owners to optimize supply chains and reduce capital spend drives the important trend in concentration of logistics through third-party logistics providers that in turn drives increasing needs for efficient packaging end-of-line solutions. The availability of a broader product selection on-line, faster delivery times, and increased in-store pickup options all drive significant growth in on-line sales. This expansion of e-commerce is a worldwide trend that we believe will continue to accelerate as on-line penetration grows in developed and emerging markets. Although some of our e-commerce end-users are focused on the responsible reduction of their need for void-fill material more broadly, they generally require protective packaging solutions that can be integrated into their existing supply and distribution infrastructures on a low-cost and efficient basis. Most commonly, our e-commerce end-users purchase our Void-Fill solutions, but many also use our Automation, Wrapping, and Cushioning systems. Sales to our e-commerce end-users, directly and through distributors accounted for approximately 31.0% of our net revenue in 2022.

The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrated the growing macroeconomic emphasis on e-commerce in the global economy. In 2022, many of the obstacles on daily life brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic began to subside and we saw consumers eager to embrace a return to normalcy and experience-based activities in their discretionary spending, including shopping in a physical store or eating out at restaurants. While this resulted in decreased e-commerce activity in 2022 compared to recent years, we believe that brick-and-mortar experiences and e-commerce activity will complement each other thanas companies work to balance both presences for their businesses, and e-commerce will continue to be an important piece of the anchor investors, any public shares they may holdglobal economy.

Industrial Manufacturing. Our industrial manufacturing end market includes end users manufacturing products utilized for tools, construction supplies, energy and utilities, chemicals, paints, and metals. We believe demand in connectionthese sectors will increase as growing populations and expanding middle classes in developing countries generate more disposable income. Higher demand for advanced machines spurs increased spending on tools and robotics while higher demand for housing, infrastructure and commercial buildings benefits the tools and construction supplies sectors. Sales to industrial manufacturing end-users accounted for approximately 12.5% of our net revenue in 2022.

Automotive Aftermarket. The automotive after-market is driven by the need for replacement parts as automobiles age, as well as by the desire of consumers to customize vehicles to enhance performance and improve aesthetics. Increasing average age of vehicles and digitalization of component delivery sales and services, along with the consummationadvent of on-line portals distributing after-market components is expected to contribute to the continued growth of the business combination.

If we seek shareholder approvalautomotive after-market industry. Our automotive after-market end-users require protective packaging solutions that have strong protective qualities, as the products they ship are often heavy, require greater care in handling, and have a higher individual per-unit value. Accordingly, these end-users most commonly purchase our Cushioning solutions. Our packaging solutions are typically designed to integrate into these end-users’ existing industrial processes for the production and distribution of automotive parts. Sales to our automotive after-market end-users accounted for approximately 9.8% of our initial business combinationnet revenue in 2022.

Electronics. Widespread product innovation combined with an expanding working population, a corresponding growth in household formation and disposable incomes are key factors contributing to the growth of the global consumer electronics market. Thriving demand for smartphones across the globe and the miniaturization of electronic devices are additional factors boosting growth in the global consumer electronics market. We believe this demand for electronics will continue to grow as innovation, such as the Internet-of-Things and voice-connected devices, drives increased demand for the latest electronics hardware. Our electronics end-users

9


customarily sell products such as computer hardware and electronics that are often already securely packaged in primary packages by the manufacturer and, as a result, require less robust protective packaging systems from us. Sales to our electronics end-users accounted for approximately 7.3% of our net revenue in 2022.

Industrial Machinery. We believe demand for industrial machinery and equipment used in sectors such as agriculture, construction, mining, packaging, and food processing will increase as economies expand, thus requiring additional infrastructure spend as well as increasing the need to feed growing middle-class populations across the globe. Sales to our machinery end-users accounted for approximately 6.4% of our net revenue in 2022.

Other. Our end-users also operate in many other industries, including [Warehousing (6.9% of net revenue in 2022), Home Furnishings (4.5%), Printing and Business Services (2.7%), and other various industries (18.8%)].

Our Paper Suppliers

We purchase kraft paper from various suppliers for conversion into the paper consumables we do not conduct redemptionssell. The kraft paper we purchase includes paper that is substantially manufactured from virgin pulp, as well as paper that is substantially manufactured from recycled post-industrial and/or post-consumer waste. Before we determine to purchase paper from any supplier, the supplier must undergo a qualification process to ensure that its product meets our exacting requirements. This qualification process involves an evaluation of the physical specifications of the potential supply source, as well as extensive testing for the paper’s convertibility – on the fan-folding, rewinding and die-cutting raw paper converters in connectionour facilities – and in the protective packaging systems we place with our initialend-users. Much of our paper is sourced from suppliers that are FSC certified. As a result, in 2022, approximately 54.5% of our raw paper supply was FSC certified. Once a supplier is qualified, we purchase large rolls of kraft paper from that supplier for integration into our existing supply and production chain. The paper rolls are converted at our facilities before sale to our distributors and direct end-users for use with our Void-Fill, Cushioning and Wrapping protective systems.

In 2022, we purchased paper from approximately 31 paper suppliers and our largest single source of paper supplies sold us approximately 43.7% and 21.7% of the paper supplies purchased in North America and globally, respectively. While the cost of paper supplies is our largest input cost, we typically negotiate supply and pricing arrangements with most of our paper suppliers annually, many of which we have long-standing relationships with, which helps us mitigate shorter term fluctuations in paper cost. In 2021 and 2022, global inflation and other macroeconomic factors, including COVID-19 and the conflict in Ukraine, have contributed to the increases in the cost of paper. Where we can, we will look to pass these increased market costs on to our customers to mitigate the impact of these costs. We are unable to predict our ability to pass these costs on to our customers and how much of these increases we will be able to pass on to our customers. As such, we expect some continued pressure on our gross margin in the medium term relative to our historical margin profile.

Our Competition

We compete with companies producing competing products that are well-established, have significant scale, and have a broad product offering. There are other manufacturers of protective packaging products, some of which are companies offering similar products that operate across regions and others that operate in a single region or single country. Our primary competitors include Sealed Air Protective Division, Pregis (FP International/Easypack), Intertape Polymer Group (IPG), Storopack and Sprick. Most competing manufacturers offer multi-substrate solutions including foam, loose-fill, plastic air pillows, and plastic bubble wrap in addition to a fiber-based offering. We believe we are the only major “in-the-box” protective packaging specialist that has a focus on a single environmentally friendly substrate (i.e., fiber) which enables us to have a best-in-class product offering as well as the credibility with customers that we are truly devoted to seeking environmentally sustainable solutions. We believe that we are one of the leading suppliers of fiber-based packaging materials and related systems in the principal geographic areas in which we offer those products. Additionally, we believe we are a leader in automated void reduction systems technology.

Human Capital Resources

We are a global organization that values life experiences, ideas, and cultures that each of our employees bring to Ranpak, striving to create an atmosphere of acceptance and respect, facilitating an encouraging environment, and helping employees attain professional and educational goals. We are proud to count men and women of all races and ethnicities as members of our Board of Directors, management team, and employee workforce. We are a Charter Pledge Partner in The Board Challenge, which is an initiative to improve diverse representation in corporate U.S. boardrooms. As a Charter Pledge Partner, we acknowledge that we already have diversity in our boardroom and pledge to use our resources to accelerate change within other companies. We utilize interview guides in our hiring processes to help identify different competencies, such as diversity, equity, and inclusion competencies, to ensure that new hires are developed in these areas. Additionally, we developed robust anti-bias training to ensure that every potential candidate is given a fair and merit-based evaluation of their skills.

10


We strive to maintain an active dialogue with our employees and provide employees a comprehensive benefits package including competitive wages, medical, life, and accident insurance, incentive bonus programs, and a 401(k) plan with an employer matching contribution. We have departmental budgets set aside for training and also provide a tuition reimbursement program for employees seeking bachelors or masters degrees. Certain employees are also eligible for stock-based compensation programs that are designed to encourage long-term performance aligned with Company objectives. In June 2019 and September 2021, every employee (excluding those eligible for stock-based compensation programs) received an equity award, providing a community of employee-owners who can personally share in the reward of our collective success.

As of December 31, 2022, we had 819 employees worldwide, 330 of whom were located in the United States. We have 159 of our employees located in Europe who are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Our Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property provides a strong competitive advantage. We own or license over 774 U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications directed to various innovations related to packaging machines, stock material, packaging processes, and packaging products, as well as more than 264 U.S. and foreign trademark registrations and trademark applications that protect our branding of our packaging products, services, and equipment. We continue to innovate and advance that competitive advantage and file numerous U.S. and foreign patent applications each year. We are also vigilant in protecting our intellectual property, by monitoring competitor activity, providing notice to potential infringers, and bringing litigation whenever and wherever necessary and appropriate.

Seasonality

We estimate that approximately 31.0% of our net revenue in 2022, either directly or to distributors, was destined for end-users in the e-commerce sectors, whose businesses frequently follow traditional retail seasonal trends, including a concentration of sales in the holiday period in the fourth quarter. Our results tend to follow similar patterns, with the highest net revenue typically recorded in our fourth fiscal quarter and the slowest sales in our first fiscal quarter of each fiscal year. We expect this seasonality to continue in the future and, as a result, our results of operations between fiscal quarters in a given year may not be directly comparable.

Governmental Regulation

Federal, State, Local, and International Regulations

We are required to comply with numerous laws and regulations covering areas such as workplace health and safety, data privacy and protection, labor and employment. We monitor changes in these laws to maintain compliance with applicable requirements. Compliance with, or liability under, these laws and regulations may require us to incur significant costs and have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive position.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a number of federal, state, local and international environmental-related health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the manufacture and assembly of our products; the discharge or pollutants into the air, soil and water; the use, handling, transportation, storage and disposals of hazardous materials; and environmental remediation or reclamation activities. We are required to hold various permits to conduct our operations. Compliance with, or liability under, these laws, regulations and permits can require us to incur significant costs and have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive position.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we have and may again become party to intellectual property litigation or other legal proceedings that we consider to be a part of the ordinary course of our business. Historically, one category of legal proceeding to which we have been a party has involved claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement. While we are judicious in initiating litigation to those circumstances justified by legal and business combinationconsiderations, we have initiated and will continue to initiate affirmative action to protect our intellectual property. This litigation includes defending counterclaims brought by the counterparty against whom we have initiated a claim of infringement as part of their infringement-defense strategy.

Corporate Information

We are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “PACK.” Our corporate headquarters is located at 7990 Auburn Road, Concord Township, Ohio 44077. Our telephone number is (440) 354-4445. We maintain a website at www.ranpak.com. We make available, free of charge, on this website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisorsSection 13(a) or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion15(d) of our initial business combination. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are available,

11


electronically filed with, or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Act.Commission (“SEC”). These reports are also available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Apart from SEC filings, we also use our website to publish information which may be important to investors, such as analyst and investor presentations. Any information on our website or obtained through our website is not part of this Report.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Summary Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. In addition to the summary below, you should carefully review the “Risk Factors” section of this Report. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offermay be subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Actadditional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the timethat we currently deem immaterial. Our business, financial condition and results of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such purchases of sharesoperations could be to vote such sharesmaterially adversely affected by any of these risks, and the trading prices of our common stock could decline by virtue of these risks. These risks should be read in favorconjunction with the other information in this Report. Some of the more significant risks relating to our business combinationinclude:

We may be unable to secure a sufficient supply of paper to meet our production requirements given the limited number of suppliers that produce paper suitable for our products.
Production inputs, such as labor, energy, and thereby increasefreight costs may negatively impact our results of operations, including our profit margins, and financial condition.
Kraft paper pricing may negatively impact our results of operations, including our profit margins, and financial condition.
If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on the likelihoodimport of obtaining shareholder approvalChinese goods, or if China places tariffs or other restrictions on the import of U.S. goods, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We rely on third-party distributors to store, sell, market, service and distribute our products.
We are dependent upon certain key personnel.
Our level of outstanding indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to fulfill our obligations.
Certain of our stockholders, including JS Capital, own a significant portion of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amountoutstanding voting stock of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Company.
The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholdersprice for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficultvolatile.
Our business is exposed to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.


Limitation on redemption rights upon completion of our initial business combination if we seek stockholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering) for or against our business combination.

Redemption of public shares and liquidation if no initial business combination

The sponsor, the anchor investors, our management and the BSOF Entities have agreed that we will have until January 22, 2020 to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Employees

We currently have three executive officers and no other employees. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in.

5

Available Information

We are required to file Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q with the SEC on a regular basis, and are required to disclose certain material events (e.g., changes in corporate control, acquisitions or dispositions of a significant amount of assets other than in the ordinary course of business and bankruptcy) in a Current Report on Form 8-K. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website is located at http://www.sec.gov.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report, the prospectus associated with our initial public offering andreliance on third-party suppliers to provide both the registration statement of which such prospectus forms a part, before making a decision to investcomponents used in our securities. If anyprotective packaging systems as well as certain fully assembled protective packaging systems.

Unfavorable end-user responses to price increases could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of the following events occur,operations and financial condition.
Continued consolidation in sectors in which many of our end-users operate may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our efforts to expand beyond our core product offerings and operatinginto adjacent markets may not succeed and could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results may beof operations.
The global nature of our operations exposes us to numerous risks that could materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading priceaffect our financial condition or results of operations.
We face risks related to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.
Fluctuations between foreign currencies and USD could materially impact our securities could decline, and you could lose allconsolidated financial condition or partresults of your investment.

operations.

We are subject to a recently formed company with novariety of environmental and product registration laws that expose us to potential financial liability and increased operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently formed company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until completing a business combination. Because we lack an operating history and have no operating results, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no current arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. costs.

If we failare not able to completeprotect or maintain our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we complete.


If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders (other than the BSOF Entities with respect to any of their public shares, if any) have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, as well as any public chaser purchased during or after the initial public offering, in favor of our initial business combination. We expect that our initial shareholders will own approximately 26% of our outstanding ordinary shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our business combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of the initial business combination.

You will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase shares to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of some or all of the forward purchase shares fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We have entered into forward purchase agreements pursuant to which the anchor investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 forward purchase shares plus 5,000,000 redeemable warrants for a purchase price of  $10.00 per forward purchase share, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close concurrently with our initial business combination. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreements do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their sharestrademarks, patents and provide us with a minimum funding level for the initial business combination. However, if the sale of the forward purchase shares does not close for any reason, including by reason of the failure by some or all of the anchor investors to fund the purchase price for their forward purchase shares, for example, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. Further, the forward purchase agreements provide that prior to signing a definitive agreement with respect to a potential initial business combination, and prior to making any material amendment to such definitive agreement following signing, anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares must approve such potential initial business combination or amendment, as applicable. If we fail to obtain such approval,other intellectual property, we may not be able to consummateprevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing their products in a manner that capitalizes on our initialtrademarks, and this loss of a competitive advantage may have a material adverse effect on our business, combination. Additionally,financial position or results of operations.

Our acquisition and integration of businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our insurance policies may not cover all operating risks and a casualty loss beyond the anchor investors’ obligations to purchaselimits of our coverage could adversely impact our business.

12


Our annual effective income tax rate can change materially as a result of changes in our mix of U.S. and foreign earnings and other factors, including changes in tax laws and changes made by regulatory authorities.
The full realization of our deferred tax assets may be affected by a number of factors, including earnings in the forward purchase sharesUnited States.
We are subject to terminationtaxation in multiple jurisdictions. As a result, any adverse development in the tax laws of any of these jurisdictions or any disagreement with our tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our debt financing may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.
We may be unable to obtain additional financing to fund our operations or growth.
Provisions in our organizational documents may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be unable to secure a sufficient supply of paper to meet our production requirements given the limited number of suppliers that produce paper suitable for our products.

A limited number of paper mills produce paper that is suitable for use in our products in the markets in which we operate, and if they fail, experience interruptions in service, or are otherwise unable or unwilling to fill our purchase orders, we may not be able to produce enough of our paper consumables to meet our own production requirements. In addition, there are several grades or types of paper that we use in our products that we obtain from a single source due to the specificity of our requirements and limitations in the available paper products in a given market. For example, in 2022, we purchased approximately 43.7% and 21.7% of our raw paper requirements in North America and globally, respectively, from a single supplier, WestRock Company (“WestRock”). Increasing consolidation among our suppliers or the paper supply market more broadly may increase our reliance on existing suppliers or impact our ability to obtain alternative suppliers, if necessary. If WestRock or one of our other major suppliers of paper in any of the markets in which we operate, fails or experiences an interruption or delay in service, there may be short-term or long-term disruption in our ability to secure paper from qualified sources and we may not have enough inventory to maintain our production schedule or continue to provide paper consumables to our distributors and end-users on a timely basis, or at all. For example, at most of our facilities, quantities of raw paper stored on-site represent approximately one to three weeks of paper consumables production at such facilities due to cost savings and storage limitations. Any such failure, interruption or delay may result in on-site paper storage at our paper consumable production facilities being depleted and, as a result, a reduction in the volume of production and sales of our paper consumables, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, in 2021, we purchased approximately 18.5% of our raw paper requirements in Europe (which approximated 11.4% of global supply) from a supplier in Russia. However, in response to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, we eliminated our paper sourcing from Russian suppliers and reallocated our purchases to other mills across the globe in the third quarter of 2022. Nevertheless, the continuation or expansion of this conflict could constrain our ability to obtain the paper we use in our products, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse changes in input costs, such as kraft paper or energy pricing, may negatively impact our results of operations, including our profit margins, and financial condition.

Our primary input is kraft paper, which we purchase from various paper suppliers around the world. Increases in global or regional market demand for paper-based products could increase the cost of the kraft paper we purchase. Increases in the price of kraft paper could also result from, among other things, increases in the cost of the raw materials used in paper production or increases in the cost of the energy our suppliers use to manufacture paper.

In 2021 and 2022, global inflation and other macroeconomic factors, including COVID-19 and the conflict in Ukraine, have contributed to the increases in the cost of paper. Further, the conflict in Ukraine has caused certain headwinds, including (i) increased energy costs, particularly in Europe; (ii) shipping variabilities due to truck driver shortages; (iii) increased pricing for paper products as a result of decreased availability of paper products previously sourced from Russian paper mills; and (iv) increased shipping times for paper products sourced from Russian paper mills. In the third quarter of 2022, we eliminated our paper sourcing from Russian suppliers and reallocated our purchases to other mills across the globe. We began to see stabilization of inflationary concerns regarding paper in North America during the second half of 2022, however, inflationary pricing conditions in Europe remain unsteady,

13


primarily due to the volatility in energy markets. Where we can, we will look to pass these increased market costs on to our customers to mitigate the impact of these costs. We are unable to predict our ability to pass these costs on to our customers and how much of these increases we will be able to pass on to our customers. If we are unable to minimize the effects of any increases in paper costs through sourcing, pricing or other actions, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Our business is exposed to risks associated with our reliance on third-party suppliers to provide both the components used in our protective packaging systems as well as certain fully assembled protective packaging systems.

These risks include, but are not limited to:

the risk that our supplier agreements will be terminated, or that we will not be able to renew our agreements on favorable economic terms, and as a result our cost of goods will increase;
the risk that our suppliers, including those in China that supply a majority of the components and systems provided to our end-users, will experience operational delays or disruptions, including as a result of the ongoing coronavirus outbreak, that will affect our ability to produce protective packaging systems or provide them to our distributors and end-users;
the risk that our suppliers will fail, or will no longer be able to provide the components which we use to produce our protective packaging systems;
the risk that our suppliers will not be able to meet an increase in demand for the components which we use to produce our protective packaging systems;
the risk that our suppliers’ costs will increase, and that they will increase the prices of components or fully assembled protective packaging systems;
the risk that suppliers of fully assembled protective packaging systems will increase their prices or will no longer be able to provide us with protective packaging systems; and
the risk that our suppliers in China will be subject to increased trade barriers as a result of U.S.-Chinese trade measures, and such trade barriers will increase the costs of these components and systems or negatively impact our ability to purchase these components and systems.

For example, since the outbreak of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced delays in the supply of certain components used in the assembly of certain of our protective packaging systems and Automation products. Should these delays continue or should our supply of such components be interrupted, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, some of our third-party suppliers for components and fully assembled systems, including certain suppliers impacted by the ongoing coronavirus outbreak, represent our only source for such products. If we are unable to continue to purchase such components and systems from such suppliers, we may face additional costs or delays, or be unable to obtain similar components and systems. These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation or financial condition.

Demand for our products could be adversely affected by changes in end-user or consumer preferences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our net revenue depends primarily on the volume of purchases by our end-users in the e-commerce industry and other industries it serves. End-user preferences for packaging formats, as well as the preferences of our end-users, can influence net revenue. Changes in these preferences, as well as changes in consumer behavior generally, could negatively impact demand for our products which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, following an increase in e-commerce activity during 2020 and 2021 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated shutdown measures, e-commerce activity was negatively impacted in 2022 due to the opening up of economies, which negatively impacted revenue from our product categories.

Moreover, we position ourselves in the protective packaging market as the leading environmentally sustainable protective packaging solutions provider. Although we believe a market and consumer preference for environmentally sustainable solutions is a trend that is likely to continue, there is no guarantee that it will do so or that we will benefit from the continuing trend. If the current trend in favor of environmental sustainability does not continue, diminishes, or shifts away from paper and fiber-based products, demand for our products could decrease, which could have an adverse impact on our business or results of operations, including through reduced net revenue and a subsequent decrease in gross margin and earnings. Additionally, the advent of emerging or improved technologies, such as the potential widespread availability of lower cost bio-plastics or increased recyclability of resin-based packaging solutions, could satisfy market and consumer demand for environmentally sustainable packaging solutions and negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations even if the current trend in favor of environmentally sustainable solutions continues.

14


Continued consolidation in sectors in which many of our end-users operate may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Many of the sectors in which many of our end-users operate, such as the e-commerce, automotive after-market, electronics, machinery and home goods markets, have been consolidating in recent years, and this trend may continue. Because our business relies on integrating our protective packaging systems into end-users’ existing operations and generating revenue through the sale of our paper consumables, increased consolidation may have an adverse impact on our or our distributors’ ability to attract additional end-users or retain existing end-users, or on the pricing of our products and services, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The loss of end-users, particularly our e-commerce end-users, or a reduction in their production requirements, could have a significant adverse impact on our net revenue and profitability.

Although we have a diverse base of end-users, the loss of significant end-users or a large group of end-users, or a reduction in their production requirements, could have an adverse effect on our net revenue and, depending on the magnitude of the loss or reduction, our financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance that our existing end-user relationships will continue or be renewed at the same level of production, or at all, in the future.

In particular, a number of our e-commerce end-users that currently use our paper consumables for void-fill, cushioning or wrapping have established internal goals or initiatives relating to reducing the quantity of consumables that they utilize in their product packaging as part of environmental responsibility initiatives. If these end-users achieve their goals or if additional end-users pursue similar initiatives, they may require a reduced quantity of our paper consumables for protective packaging of their products. The loss of any e-commerce end-users, or a reduction in their purchasing levels, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our investments in R&D may not yield the results expected.

In order to compete in the protective packaging market, we must, among other things, adapt to changing consumer preferences and a competitive market through technological innovation. As a result of technological innovation as well as changing consumer preferences, new products can become standardized rapidly, leading to more intense competition and ongoing price erosion. In order to maintain our competitive advantage, we have invested, and will continue to invest, in R&D of new products and technologies. However, these investments may not yield the innovation or results expected on a timely basis, or at all, and any resulting technological innovations may not lead to successful new products or otherwise improve our performance and competitive advantage. Furthermore, our competitors may develop new products that are better suited to meet consumer demands, may develop and introduce such products before we are able to do so or may otherwise negatively impact the success of our new products, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The global nature of our operations exposes us to numerous risks that could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We maintain production facilities in three countries and territories, and our products are distributed to approximately 57 countries and territories around the world. A substantial portion of our operations are located outside of the United States and 58.3% of our 2022 revenue was generated outside of the United States. These operations, particularly in developing regions, are subject to various risks that may not be present or as significant for our U.S. and European operations. Economic uncertainty in some of the geographic regions in which we operate, including developing regions, could result in the disruption of commerce and negatively impact our cash flows or operations in those areas. Risks inherent in our international operations include:

foreign currency exchange controls and tax rates, and exchange rate fluctuations, including devaluations;
the potential for changes in regional and local economic conditions, including regional or local inflationary pressures and/or regional or local energy disruptions or price increases;
laws and regulations governing foreign investment, foreign trade and currency exchange, such as those on transfer or repatriation of funds, which may affect our ability to repatriate cash as dividends or otherwise and may limit our ability to convert foreign cash flows into USD;
restrictive governmental actions such as those on trade protection matters, including antidumping duties, tariffs, embargoes and prohibitions or restrictions on acquisitions or joint ventures;
the imposition of tariffs and other trade barriers, and the effects of retaliatory trade measures;
compliance with U.S. laws and regulations, including those affecting trade and foreign investment and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “Foreign Corrupt Practices Act”);

15


compliance with tax laws, or changes to such laws or the interpretation of such laws, affecting taxable income, tax deductions, or other attributes relating to our non-U.S. earnings or operations;
difficulties of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
difficulties of enforcement and variations in protection of intellectual property and other legal rights;
more expansive legal rights of foreign unions or works councils;
changes in labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;
import and export delays caused, for example, by an extended strike at the port of entry, or major disruptions to international or domestic trade routes due to strikes, shortages, acts of terrorism or acts of war could cause a delay in our supply chain operations;
geographic, language and cultural differences between personnel in different areas of the world;
political, social, legal and economic instability, continued inflationary pressures, civil unrest, war, catastrophic events, acts of terrorism, effects of climate change, and widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; and
compliance with data protection and privacy regulations in many of the countries in which we operate, including the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the EU which has been in effect since May 2018. Under this regulation, our collection, processing storage, use and transmission of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements, differing views on data privacy or security breaches.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations and, consequently, on our financial condition or results of operations.

We face risks related to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.

In February 2022, Russia launched a large-scale military invasion of Ukraine. The U.S. and other countries and certain international organizations have imposed broad-ranging economic sanctions on Russia and certain Russian individuals, banking entities and corporations as a response, and additional sanctions may be imposed in the future. The conflict in Ukraine and resulting sanctions negatively impacted the Company during 2022, including through increased energy costs, particularly in Europe; shipping variabilities due to truck driver shortages; increased pricing for paper products as a result of decreased availability of paper products previously sourced from Russian paper mills; and, prior to the closingCompany’s elimination of paper products sourced from Russia during third quarter of 2022, increased shipping times for paper products sourced from Russian paper mills. The impact of hostilities and sanctions may also negatively impact countries surrounding Russia and Ukraine in which we have operations. We are unable to predict the extent and duration of the military action or future escalation of such hostilities, resulting sanctions and market disruptions, but any impact on the Company as well as the regional and global economies could be significant, including the risk of possible further sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, geopolitical shifts, cybersecurity risks, fluctuation in currency exchange rates, supply chain disruptions and adverse impact on financial markets and energy markets.

If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on the import of Chinese goods, or if China places tariffs or other restrictions on the import of U.S. goods, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on the import or export of Chinese goods or if China places significant tariffs or other restrictions on the import of U.S. goods, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected. For example, in September 2018, the U.S. government assessed a 10% tariff on thousands of categories of goods, including parts that we import from China to our domestic facilities to assemble our protective systems. Additionally, the U.S. government continues to signal that it may alter trade agreements and terms between China and the United States, including limiting trade with China, and may impose additional tariffs on imports from China. In addition, political tensions between the United States and China have escalated in recent years. Rising political tensions could reduce trade, investment, or other economic activities between the two major economies. If additional duties are imposed or increasingly retaliatory trade measures taken by either the United States or China, we could need to materially increase our capital expenditures relating to the assembly of our protective systems, which could require us to raise our prices and result in the loss of end-users and harm our operating performance. Alternatively, we may seek alternative supply sources outside of China which may result in significant costs and disruption to our operations. In any such event, our business could be impacted by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries in response to existing or future tariffs, or the imposition of additional tariffs, any of which could cause us to raise prices or make changes to our operations, and could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

A major loss of or disruption in our assembly and distribution operations could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

16


A disruption in operations at one or more of our assembly and distribution facilities, or those of our suppliers, could have a material adverse effect on our business or operations. Disruptions could occur for many reasons, including fire, natural disasters, weather, unplanned maintenance or other manufacturing problems, outbreaks of infectious diseases, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, strikes or other labor unrest, transportation interruption, government regulation, contractual disputes, political unrest or terrorism. For example, we operate in leased facilities worldwide. If we are unable to renew leases at existing facilities on favorable terms or to relocate our operations to nearby facilities in an orderly fashion upon the expiration of those leases, we could suffer interruptions in our production and significant increases in costs.

Furthermore, alternative facilities with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more or may take a significant time to start production, each of which could negatively affect our business and financial performance. If one of our key assembly or paper converter facilities is unable to assemble our products or convert raw paper into our paper consumables, respectively, for an extended period of time, our net revenue may be reduced by the shortfall caused by the disruption and we may not be able to meet our distributors’ and end-users’ needs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, our assembly and distribution operations have experienced disruptions, including lockdowns, port congestion, component-related supply-related challenges (including from China), increased shipping and logistics costs, and delayed availability of supplies. Additionally, social distancing and similar measures adopted in many jurisdictions around the world impacted our ability to demonstrate and install our protective packaging systems and Automation products and, as a result, such demonstrations and installations were delayed. Additional restrictions or disruptions in transportation logistics; governmental shut-down measures; measures that we may adopt to protect the health and safety of our employees; or large numbers of our manufacturing workforce becoming ill, as a result of COVID-19 or otherwise, could limit our manufacturing productivity and distribution operations and hinder our ability to meet customer demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations between foreign currencies and USD could materially impact our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Approximately 58.3% of our net revenue in 2022 was generated outside the United States. We translate net revenue and other results denominated in foreign currency into USD for our consolidated financial statements. As a result, we are exposed to currency fluctuations both in receiving cash from our international operations and in translating our financial results back to USD. During periods of a strengthening USD, we reported international net revenue and net earnings could be reduced because foreign currencies may translate into fewer USD. Foreign exchange rates can also impact the competitiveness of products produced in certain jurisdictions and exported for sale into other jurisdictions. These changes may impact the value received for the sale of our goods versus those of our competitors.

Foreign exchange rates may also impact the forwardability of our customers to secure sufficient funds in USD or European currency to purchase sharesgoods for export. For example, many of our distributors are local entities in the markets in which they operate and utilize foreign currencies to operate their business. Such distributors must convert their local currency into USD or European currency in their business with us, for which foreign exchange rate fluctuations may present additional challenges for the operation of their business. We cannot predict the effects of exchange rate fluctuations on our future operating results or business. As exchange rates vary, our results of operations and profitability may be harmed.

We could experience disruptions in operations and/or increased labor costs.

In Europe, most of our employees, including most of our employees in the Netherlands, are represented by mutual written consenteither labor unions or workers councils and are covered by collective bargaining agreements that are generally renewable on an annual or bi-annual basis. In addition, as our business expands globally, we may be subject to new labor-related requirements that may impose additional requirements or costs on our business. As is the case with any negotiation, we may not be able to negotiate or renew acceptable collective bargaining agreements in such cases, which could result in strikes or work stoppages by affected workers. Renewal of collective bargaining agreements could also result in higher wages or benefits paid to union members. A disruption in operations or higher ongoing labor costs could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental and product registration laws that expose us to potential financial liability and increased operating costs.

We are subject to a number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the manufacture and assembly of our products, the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil and water and the use, handling, transportation, storage and disposal of hazardous materials.

17


Many jurisdictions require us to have operating permits for our assembly and warehouse facilities and operations. Any failure to obtain, maintain or comply with the terms of these permits could result in fines or penalties, revocation or non-renewal of our permits, or orders to temporarily or permanently cease certain operations, and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws and regulations that govern the registration and labeling of some of our products. For example, we expect significant future environmental compliance obligations for our European operations as a result of the companyEuropean Union (“EU”) Regulation “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and each anchor investor,Restriction of Chemicals” (EU Regulation No. 2006/1907) enacted on December 18, 2006. The regulation, known as REACH, imposes several requirements related to the identification and management of risks related to chemical substances manufactured or automatically: (i) ifmarketed in Europe. The EU also enacted in 2008 a “Classification, Labeling and Packaging” regulation, known as the gross proceeds fromCLP Regulation, which aligns the EU system of classification, labeling and packaging of chemical substances to the Globally Harmonized System. Other jurisdictions may impose similar requirements. Compliance with these requirements can be costly.

We cannot predict with reasonable certainty the future cost of environmental compliance, industrial hygiene within our initial public offeringfacilities, product registration, or environmental remediation. Environmental laws have become more stringent and complex over time and may continue to do not equalso. Our environmental costs and operating expenses will be subject to these evolving regulatory requirements and will depend on the scope and timing of the effectiveness of requirements in these various jurisdictions. As a result of such requirements, we may be subject to an increased regulatory burden, including significant future environmental compliance, hygiene, health and safety obligations.

Increased compliance costs, increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, or exceed $200,000,000; (ii) if our initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closinginability to market some of our initial public offering; (iii) uponproducts in certain jurisdictions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we are not able to protect or maintain our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing their products in a manner that capitalizes on our trademarks, and this loss of a competitive advantage may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

Our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the deathproprietary nature of Mr. Asali; (iv) if Mr. Asali, our sponsorowned and licensed intellectual property. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property, this loss of a competitive advantage could result in decreased net revenue or increased operating costs, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We own a large number of patents and pending patent applications on our products, aspects thereof, methods of use and/or methods of manufacturing. There is a risk that our patents may not provide meaningful protection and patents may never be issued for our pending patent applications. Furthermore, we have historically focused and expect to continue to focus on strategically protecting our patents, including through pursuing infringement claims, which, especially in Europe, carries the Company becomes subjectrisk that a court will determine our patents are invalid or unenforceable.

Trademark and trade name protection is important to any voluntary or involuntary petition underour business. Although most of our trademarks are registered in the United States federal bankruptcyand in the foreign countries/regions in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws or any state insolvency law, in each case which isof some foreign countries/regions may not withdrawn within sixty (60) days after being filed, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer is appointed by a court for business orprotect our intellectual property of Mr. Asali, our sponsor or the company, in each case which is not removed, withdrawn or terminated within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or (v) if Mr. Asali is indicted and/or convicted in a criminal proceeding for a crime involving fraud or dishonesty. The anchor investors’ obligations to purchase their forward purchase shares are subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including the following: (i) our initial business combination must be consummated substantially concurrently with, and immediately following, the purchase of forward purchase shares; and (ii) the company must have deliveredrights to the anchor investors a certificate evidencingsame extent as the company’s good standing as a Cayman Islands exempted company, as of a date within ten (10) business dayslaws of the closingUnited States. The costs required to protect our trademarks and trade names may be substantial.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to assert these intellectual property rights successfully in the future or that they will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Other parties may infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute the value of our intellectual property in the marketplace. Third parties, including competitors, may assert intellectual property infringement or invalidity claims against us that could be upheld.

Intellectual property litigation, which could result in substantial cost to and diversion of effort by us, may be necessary to protect our proprietary technology or for us to defend against claimed infringement of the salerights of forward purchase shares. Inothers and to determine the eventscope and validity of others’ proprietary rights. We may not prevail in any such failure to fund by an anchor investor, any obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfiedlitigation, and not waived by an anchor investor,if we are unsuccessful, we may not be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfallany necessary licenses on reasonable terms favorable to us or at all.

Any such shortfall would also reduce the amountfailure by us to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of fundsoperations.

18


Our acquisition and integration of businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

From time to time, we consider acquisitions that we have available for working capitaleither complement or expand our existing lines of the post-business combination company. While each anchor investor has represented to us that it has sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under the respective forward purchase agreements, we have not obligated the anchor investors to reserve funds for such obligations.


If the anchor investors or the BSOF Entities purchase large amounts of public shares in the open market, they may attempt to leverage their redemption rights in order to affect the outcome of a potential initial business combination.

The anchor investors and the BSOF Entities have redemption rights with respect to any public shares they own, subject to the limitation that under the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of Exchange Act), is restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the public shares, without the prior consent of the Company. If management proposes an initial business combination that some or all of the anchor investors or the BSOF Entities are not in favor, such anchor investors or BSOF Entities may decide to purchase public shares in the open market and seek to leverage their redemption rights to influence whether such business combination is consummated. This could result in our having to negotiate for more favorable terms for the anchor investors, which could jeopardize our ability to successfully consummate an initial business combination. See “— In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase shares to be used as part of our growth strategy. We are unable to predict the consideration to the sellerssize, timing and number of acquisitions we may complete, if any, in the initialfuture. Integrating acquired businesses may create substantial costs, delays or other problems for us that could adversely affect our business, combination. If the sale of some or all of the forward purchase shares fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.”

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amountresults of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.


The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020 may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, which is the date that is 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above.operations. In addition, we may have limited timeincur expenses associated with sourcing, evaluating and negotiating acquisitions (including those that are not completed), and we also may pay fees and expenses associated with financing acquisitions to conduct due diligenceinvestment banks and other advisors. We may enter intoalso assume the liabilities of an acquired company, there can be no assurances that all potential liabilities will be identified or known to us and any such liabilities could materially adversely impact our initial business combination on terms thatand financial condition.

Furthermore, we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to completesuccessfully integrate any acquired businesses or realize all of the expected synergies from previously acquired businesses or related strategic initiatives. If we are unable to achieve the benefits that we expect to achieve from our initialstrategic initiatives, we could adversely affect our business, combination within 24 months afterfinancial condition or results of operations. Additionally, while we execute these acquisitions and related integration activities, it is possible that our attention may be diverted from our ongoing operations which may have a negative impact on our business.

We are subject to taxation in multiple jurisdictions. As a result, any adverse development in the closingtax laws of any of these jurisdictions or any disagreement with our tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to taxation in, and to the tax laws and regulations of, multiple jurisdictions as a result of the international scope of our initial public offering,operations and corporate and financing structure. Tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations of the law are issued or applied. Many countries in the European Union, as well as a number of other countries and organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that, if enacted, could increase our tax obligations in countries where we do business. Additional changes in tax laws could increase our overall taxes and our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected in a material way. In addition, the tax authorities in any applicable jurisdiction, including the U.S., may disagree with the positions we have taken or intend to take regarding the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions. If any applicable tax authorities, including U.S. tax authorities, were to successfully challenge the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition or results of our operations.

Our level of outstanding indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to fulfill our obligations.

We have outstanding debt, and the outstanding indebtedness may:

adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payment of principal and interest on our debt and fees on our letters of credit, which casereduces the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
subject us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases based upon variable interest rates, including our outstanding borrowings (if any);
increase the possibility of an event of default under the financial and operating covenants contained in our existing debt instruments; and
limit our ability to adjust to rapidly changing market conditions, reduce our ability to withstand competitive pressures and make it more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions of our business than their competitors with less debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest with respect to our debt will depend on our ability to generate cash and our future financial results. If we would ceaseare unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt obligations, we might be required to refinance all operations except for the purposeor a portion of winding up andour existing debt or to obtain new or additional such facilities. However, we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We maymight not be able to find a suitable target business and completerefinance our initial business combination within 24 months after the closingexisting debt or obtain any such new or additional facilities on favorable terms or at all.

Risk Related to Ownership of Our Securities

A significant portion of our initialtotal outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

19


Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public offering. Ourmarket could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of December 31, 2022, JS Capital holds approximately 37.2% of our total outstanding shares. Additional sales of our common stock into the market may cause the market price of our common to drop significantly.

Certain of our stockholders, including JS Capital, own a significant portion of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

As of December 31, 2022, JS Capital holds approximately 37.2% of our total outstanding shares. As long as JS Capital owns or controls a significant percentage of outstanding voting power, JS Capital will have the ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility instrongly influence all corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, including the capitalelection and debt marketsremoval of directors and the other risks described herein. If we have not completedsize of our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purposeBoard of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000Directors, any amendment of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject toour organizational documents, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our remaining shareholders andassets. The interests of JS Capital may not align with the interests of our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subjectother shareholders. JS Capital is in the casebusiness of clauses (ii)making investments in companies and (iii),may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. JS Capital may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our obligations under Cayman Islands lawbusiness, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to provideus.

Provisions in our organizational documents may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.common stock and could entrench management.

Our organizational documents contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include the ability of the Board of Directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

If we seek shareholder approvalOur organizational documents designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between the Company and our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuantstockholders, to the tender offer rules,fullest extent permitted by law, which could limit the Company’s stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisorsstockholders, employees or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or inagents.

Our organizational documents provide that, to the open market either priorfullest extent permitted by law, unless the Company consents to or following the completionselection of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. Nonean alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the funds in the Trust AccountState of Delaware will be used to purchase sharesthe sole and exclusive forum for:

any derivative action or public warrants in such transactions.


In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favorproceeding brought on behalf of the business combination and thereby increaseCompany;

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approvalCompany or the Company’s stockholders by any of the business combinationCompany’s directors, officers or other employees;
any action asserting a claim against the Company or any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees arising out of or relating to satisfyany provision of the DGCL or the proposed organizational documents; or
any action asserting a closing conditionclaim against the Company or any of the Company’s directors, officers, stockholders or employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in an agreement with a targetjudicial forum that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholdersfinds favorable for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to complydisputes with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rulesCompany or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become awareany of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitationCompany’s directors, officers, or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its sharesother employees, which may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020 and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination by January 22, 2020, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Accountdiscourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. However, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived the warrants. Company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder and this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, which provides for the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts with respect to all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, this provision applies to Securities Act claims and Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to liquidate your investment, youwhether a court would enforce such provision with respect to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the Company’s proposed organizational documents to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Company may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants arecommon stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange.NYSE. We cannot guarantee that our securities will remain listed on the NYSE. Although after giving effect to our initial public offering, we meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the NYSE listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE, prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum average global market capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 shareholders and 100 public warrantholders).


Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If the NYSE

20


delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, whichmarket quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;
a determination that our Class A common stock is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities,“penny stock” which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our units,will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary sharescommon stock to adhere to more stringent rules and warrants are listed onpossibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the NYSE,secondary trading market for our securities;
a limited amount of news and as analyst coverage; and
a result, are covered securities. Althoughdecreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the states are preempted from regulating the salefuture.

The price of our securities the federal statute does allow the stateshas been and may continue to investigate companies if there is a suspicionbe volatile.

The price of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not be covered securitiescan vary due to general market and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offereconomic conditions and forecasts, our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the initial public offeringgeneral business condition and the Private Placement are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of  $5,000,000 and have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means that we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419.

Moreover, if the initial public offering had been subject to Rule 419, that rule would have prohibited the release of any interest earned on funds heldour financial reports. During 2022, our Class A common shares traded between $2.91 and $39.48 per share. Fluctuations in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approvalprice of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuantsecurities could contribute to the tender offer rules,loss of all or part of your investment. In an active market for our securities, the trading price of our securities has been and if you or a “group”may continue to be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of shareholderswhich are deemed to hold in excess of 20%beyond our control. Any of the public shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of the public shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and youfactors listed below could sufferhave a material lossadverse effect on your investment in our securities and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Factors affecting the trading price of our securities may include:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our annual or quarterly financial results or the annual or quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;
success of competitors;
our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;
changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the Company or the market in general;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the Company;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
the volume of common stock available for public sale;
any major change in our Board of Directors or management;
sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our directors, executive officers or significant shareholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and
general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general and NYSE have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the Company could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price for our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

21


If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if you they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease their coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our debt financing may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

We are a borrower under senior secured credit facilities provided by Goldman Sachs Merchant Banking Division consisting of a $250.0 million dollar-denominated first lien term facility, a €135.5 million Euro-denominated first lien term facility and a $45.0 million revolving facility. Our senior secured credit facilities, impose, and future financing agreements are likely to impose, operating and financial restrictions on our activities which may adversely affect our ability to finance capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or to engage in new business activities or otherwise adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy compared to our competitors who have less debt. In some cases, these restrictions require us to comply with or maintain certain financial tests and ratios. Subject to certain exceptions, such agreements restrict our ability to, among other things:

incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock and make guarantees;
incur liens on assets;
engage in mergers or consolidations or fundamental changes;
sell Excess Sharesassets;
pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;
make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;
amend organizational documents;
enter into certain agreements that would restrict the ability to incur liens on assets;
repay certain junior indebtedness;
enter into sale-leasebacks;
engage in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributionstransactions with affiliates; and
in the case of our subsidiary Ranger Pledgor LLC, engage in activities other than passively holding the equity interests in the borrowers and their subsidiaries.

Further, various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these covenants. Failure to comply with any of the covenants in our existing or future financing agreements, including with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And assenior secured credit facilities, could result in a result, you will continuedefault under those agreements and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. Such a default would permit lenders to holdaccelerate the Excess Shares and, in order to dispose of such Excess Shares, would be required to sell your Excess Shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.


Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only an estimated $10.00 per share on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries, including consumer products or services or food and beverage business, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services businesses. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the salematurity of the Private Placement Warrants, our abilitydebt under these agreements and to compete with respect toforeclose upon any collateral securing the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any ofdebt. Under these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If our funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Following the consummation of our initial public offering and payment of expenses in connection therewith, we had approximately $1.0 million available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate until January 22, 2020 assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account are sufficient to allow us to operate until at least January 22, 2020; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise),circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to continue searchingsatisfy all of our obligations. In addition, the limitations imposed by our existing and future financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to these agreements if for or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

Ifany reason we are unable to complete our initial business combination,comply with these agreements or that we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.


If our funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from the Sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our business combination.

Following the consummation of our initial public offering and payment of expenses in connection therewith, we had approximately $1.0 million available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our founder, his affiliates, our management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach byrefinance our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.


Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products solddebt on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

General Risk Factors

We experience competition in the markets for our products and services.

We compete with a prospective target businessnumber of companies that produce and/or sell similar or competing packaging products from a variety of materials. We have several foreign and domestic competitors that are well established in the protective packaging market, including some with whichsubstantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we have entered into a transaction agreement, reduceor broader geographic reach. Many of our existing competitors also invest substantial resources in ongoing R&D, and we anticipate increased competition as consumer

22


preferences and other trends increase the amounts in the Trust Account to below the lesserappeal of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible toproduct areas. To the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securitiescompetitors introduce new products or technologies, such developments could render our products obsolete, less competitive or uneconomical.

We compete with these companies on, among other factors, the performance characteristics of our company. Our sponsor may not have sufficient funds availableproducts, service, price, and the ability to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendorsdevelop new packaging products and prospective target businesses. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event,solutions. Accordingly, we may not be able to completemaintain a competitive advantage over our competitors with respect to these or other factors, which may adversely affect our net revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, combination,results of operations or financial condition.

Unfavorable end-user responses to price increases could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and you would receive such lesser amount per sharefinancial condition.

From time to time, and especially in connection with any redemptionperiods of your public shares

Our directors may decide not to enforcerising paper costs, we increase the indemnification obligationsprices of our sponsor, resultingproducts. Significant price increases, particularly if not taken by competitors in respect of similar products, could result in lower net revenue. For instance, interruptions in paper supply may lead us to increase the price of our paper consumables while plastic-based packaging competitors would not similarly increase the price of their products, which may result in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 permarket share and (ii)net revenue. Such loss of end-users or lower net revenue may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our performance, competitive position and prospects for future growth could be negatively impacted if new products we develop do not meet sales or margin expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our performance is dependent in part on our continuing ability to develop products that appeal to end-users by providing new or enhanced value propositions and provide us with a favorable return on the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account asproducts’ cost through sales of the datepaper consumables. The development and introduction cycle of the liquidationeach of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per sharethese new products can be lengthy and involve high levels of investment. New products may not meet sales or margin expectations due to reductionsmany factors, including our inability to (i) accurately predict demand, end-user preferences and evolving industry standards; (ii) resolve technical and technological challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner; or (iii) achieve manufacturing efficiencies. To the valueextent any new products do not meet our sales or margin expectations, our competitive position and future growth prospects may be negatively impacted, which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable,operations.

Our efforts to expand beyond our core product offerings and into adjacent markets may not succeed and could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We seek to expand beyond our core fiber-based PPS systems and develop products or business strategies that have wider applications for manufacturers, end-users, or consumers. Expanding into new markets would require us to devote substantial additional resources to such expansion, and our sponsor assertsability to succeed in developing such products to address such markets is not certain. It is likely that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directorswe would determine whetherneed to take legal action against our sponsoradditional steps, such as hiring additional personnel, partnering with new third parties and incurring considerable R&D expenses, in order to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directorspursue such an expansion successfully.

Any such expansion would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment andbe subject to their fiduciary duties may chooseadditional uncertainties. For example, we could encounter difficulties in attracting new end-users due to lower levels of familiarity with our brand among potential distributor partners and end-users in markets we do not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if  (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.


If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.”currently serve. As a result, we may not be successful in future efforts to expand into or achieve profitability from new markets, new business models or strategies or new product types, and our ability to generate net revenue from our current products and continue our existing business may be negatively affected. If any such expansion does not enhance our ability to maintain or grow net revenue or recover any associated development costs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Uncertain global economic conditions have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Uncertain global economic conditions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our business in the form of lower net revenue due to weakened demand, inflationary pressures, unfavorable changes in product price/mix, or lower profit margins. For example, global economic downturns and inflationary pressures have adversely impacted some of our end-users, such as automotive companies, distributors, electronic manufacturers, machinery manufacturers, home goods manufacturers and e-commerce and mail order fulfillment firms, and other end-users that are particularly sensitive to business and consumer spending.

During economic downturns or recessions, there can be heightened competition for net revenue and increased pressure to reduce selling prices as end-users may reduce their volume of purchases. Also, reduced availability of credit may adversely affect the ability of some of our end-users and suppliers to obtain funds for operations and capital expenditures. This could negatively impact our ability to obtain necessary supplies as well as the sales of materials and equipment to affected end-users. This could also result in reduced or delayed collections of outstanding accounts receivable from distributors or end-users. If we lose significant sales volume, are required to reduce our selling prices significantly or are unable to collect amounts due, there could be a bankruptcy courtnegative impact on our

23


profitability and cash flows, which could seekhave a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, including impairment of goodwill, long-lived assets, and intangible assets.

Cyber risk and the failure to recover somemaintain the integrity of our operational or all amounts received bysecurity systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties with which we do business, could have a material adverse effect on our shareholders.business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to an increasing number of information technology vulnerabilities, threats and targeted computer crimes which pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of our data. Additionally, ransomware or other malware, viruses, social engineering (including business email compromise and related wire-transfer fraud), and general hacking have become more prevalent and more complex. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not foreseeable or recognized until launched against a target, we and our vendors and third-party partners may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures, despite our efforts to implement and maintain a robust information security program. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and end-users or third-party service providers, or cyber-attacks or security breaches of our or our third-party service providers’ networks or systems, could result in the loss of end-users and business opportunities, legal liability, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, and additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

While we attempt to mitigate these risks, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to advanced and persistent threats.

We also maintain and have access to sensitive, confidential or personal data or information in certain of our businesses that are subject to privacy and security laws, regulations and end-user controls. Despite our efforts to protect such sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, our facilities and systems and those of our end- users and third-party service providers may be vulnerable to security breaches, theft, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors that could lead to the compromising of sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, improper use of our systems, software solutions or networks, unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of information, defective products, production downtimes and operational disruptions, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may continue to experience difficulties with our new enterprise resource planning system.

During 2022 we implemented a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system that is used to manage our business and summarize our operating results. The implementation of the new ERP system required the investment of significant financial and human capital resources. In addition, the implementation of the new ERP system affected operations, including scheduled downtime, processing and shipping inefficiencies, and the delay of pricing increases. Moreover, as disclosed in “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures” of this Report, the implementation of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary dutynew ERP negatively impacted our internal control over financial reporting leading management to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective at December 31, 2022. While we have developed a plan to remedy the material weaknesses related to our creditors and/ERP system, there can be no assurances as to when the implementation will be complete or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders fromif we will successfully remediate the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.material weaknesses identified on a timely basis.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petitionIn addition, any additional disruptions or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against usdifficulties that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholdersoccur in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributingERP system or other systems (whether in connection with the proceedsregular operation, periodic enhancements, modifications or upgrades of such systems or the integration of any acquired businesses into such systems, or due to cybersecurity events such as ransomware attacks) could also adversely affect our ability to manufacture products, process orders, deliver products, provide customer support, fulfill contractual obligations, track inventories, or otherwise operate our business, in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we fileparticular as a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claimsresult of our shareholders. To the extentlimited experience implementing such systems and limited access to qualified information technology personnel. It is also possible that any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholdersfurther disruption or difficulties in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company underERP system could again adversely impact the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40%effectiveness of our assets (exclusiveinternal control over financial reporting, which could lead to further material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our controls, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of U.S. government securitiesoperations.

We are subject to anti-corruption and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will beanti-money laundering laws with respect to identifyboth our domestic and complete a business combinationinternational operations, and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assetsnon-compliance with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.


We do not believe that our principal activitiessuch laws can subject us to criminal and civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the Investment Company Act. To this end,Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the proceeds heldU.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit us from authorizing, offering, or directly or indirectly providing improper payments or benefits to recipients in the Trust Account may onlypublic or private sector. We can be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businessesheld liable for the long term (rather than on buyingcorrupt or other illegal activities of these third parties, our employees, representatives, contractors and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public sharesagents, even if we do not complete our initial business combination within explicitly authorize such activities. In addition, although we have implemented policies and procedures to ensure compliance with anticorruption and related

24 months from the closing


laws, there can be no assurance that all of our initial public offering;employees, representatives, contractors, partners, or (iii) absent an initial business combination within 24 monthsagents will comply with these laws at all times. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and debarment from contracting with certain governments or other persons, the closingloss of our initial public offering, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares.export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not investprevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Product liability claims or regulatory actions could adversely affect our financial results or harm our reputation or the proceeds as discussed above,value of our brands.

Claims for losses or injuries purportedly caused by some of our products arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition to the risk of substantial monetary judgments, product liability claims or regulatory actions could result in negative publicity that could harm our reputation in the marketplace or adversely impact the value of our brands or ability to sell our products in certain jurisdictions. We could also be required to recall possibly defective products, or voluntarily do so, which could result in adverse publicity and significant expenses and reduced net revenue. Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, potential product liabilities claims could be excluded or exceed coverage limits under the terms of our insurance policies or could result in increased costs for such coverage.

Political and economic instability and risk of government actions affecting our business and our end-users or suppliers may adversely impact our business, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to risks inherent in doing business in each of the countries/regions or regions in which we or our end-users or suppliers operate including: civil unrest, acts of terrorism, sabotage, epidemics, force majeure, energy disruptions, war or other armed conflict and related government actions, including sanctions/embargoes, the deprivation of contract rights, the inability to obtain or retain licenses required by us to operate our plants or import or export our goods or raw materials, the expropriation or nationalization of our assets, and restrictions on travel, payments or the movement of funds. In particular, if additional restrictions on trade with Russia were adopted by the European Union or the United States, and were applicable to our products, we could lose revenue and experience lower growth rates in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on third-party distributors to store, sell, market, service and distribute our products.

We rely on our network of third-party distributors to store, sell (in the case of paper consumables), market, service and distribute our protective packaging systems and paper consumables to a majority of our end-users. Because we rely on third-party distributors, we are subject to a number of risks, including:

the risk that distributors may terminate or decline to renew their contractual relationship with us;
the risk that we may not be deemedable to renew our contracts with distributors on the same contractual terms;
the risk that distributors, or the services that they rely on, will fail, or will be subjectunable to deliver our protective packaging systems and paper-based products in a timely manner;
the Investment Company Act. risk that distributors will be otherwise unable or unwilling to sell, market, service and distribute our products to end-users at the same rate they have historically, or at all; and
the risk that end-users will increasingly seek to purchase consumables directly from suppliers, which would require us to alter our business model in order to accommodate direct-to-consumer sales.

If we were deemedfail to maintain our relationships with our distributors, or if our distributors do not meet the sales, marketing and service expectations of our end-users, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be subjectmaterially adversely affected.

We depend on third parties for transportation services.

We rely primarily on third parties for delivery of our raw materials, as well as for transportation to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses forcertain select end-users to which we have not allotted funds and may hinderdirectly sell our ability to completeproducts. In particular, a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro ratasignificant portion of the fundsraw materials we use are transported by ship, railroad or trucks, which modes of transportation are highly regulated. If any of our third-party transportation providers were to fail to deliver raw materials to us in the Trust Account that are available for distributiona timely manner, or fail to public shareholders,deliver our products to our direct end-users in a timely manner, we might be unable to manufacture our products in response to end-user demand. For example, at most of our facilities, quantities of raw paper stored on-site represent approximately five days of paper consumables production at such facilities due to cost savings and storage limitations. In

25


addition, if any of these third parties were to cease operations or cease doing business with us, it might be unable to replace them at reasonable cost. Any failure of a third-party transportation provider to deliver raw materials or finished products in a timely manner could harm our warrants will expire worthless.reputation, negatively impact our end-user relationships and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination,investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and the NYSE. In particular, we will beare required to comply with certain SEC, NYSE and other legal requirements or regulations.regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and regulationsrules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations orand rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

If we are unableGlobal tax developments applicable to consummatemultinational businesses may have a material impact to our initial business, combination, our public shareholders maycash flow from operating activities, or financial results. The Biden Administration has proposed a minimum tax on book income and increased taxation of international business operations. There can be forced to wait up to 24 months before redemption from our Trust Account.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination by January 22, 2020,no assurance that any of the proceeds then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable),proposed changes will be usedintroduced as legislation, or if they are introduced that they will be enacted. We will continue to fundassess the redemptionongoing impact of these current and pending changes to tax legislation and the impact on our future financial statements upon the finalization of laws, regulations and additional guidance. Many of these proposed changes to the taxation of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account will be effected automatically by function ofactivities could increase our amendedeffective tax rate and restated memorandum and articles of association priorhave an adverse effect on our operating results, cash flow or financial condition.

We are subject to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we are unable to complete our initial business combination.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall duelitigation in the ordinary course of business, would be guiltyand uninsured judgments or a rise in insurance premiums may adversely impact our results of an offenceoperations and may be liablefinancial condition.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to a finevariety of $18,293legal proceedings and legal compliance risks in our areas of operation around the world, including product liability claims, actions brought against us by our employees and other legal proceedings. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.defend and could divert management’s attention and resources.


In accordance with customary practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims. We may elect not hold an annual meetingto obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of shareholders until afteravailable insurance is excessive relative to the consummationrisks presented. The levels of our initial business combination.

We will not hold our first annual meeting until after our first fiscal year. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Untilinsurance we hold an annual meeting of shareholders, public shareholdersmaintain may not be afforded the opportunityadequate to elect directorsfully cover any and to discuss company affairs with management.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Actall losses or any state securities laws at this time, and such registrationliabilities. Further, we may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrantsmaintain insurance at commercially acceptable premium levels or at all.

If any significant accident, judgment, claim (or a series of claims) or other event is not fully insured or indemnified against, the cost of such accident, judgment, claim(s) or other event could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of these liabilities or the timing thereof. We cannot be certain that the outcome of current or future litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and causing such warrantsfinancial condition.

Our insurance policies may not cover all operating risks and a casualty loss beyond the limits of our coverage could adversely impact our business.

Our business is subject to expire worthless.operating hazards and risks relating to handling, storing, transporting and use of the products we sell. We maintain insurance policies in amounts and with coverage and deductibles that we believe are reasonable and prudent. Nevertheless, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us from all liabilities and expenses that may arise from claims for personal injury or death or property damage arising in the ordinary course of business, and our current levels of insurance may not be maintained or available in the future at economical prices. If a significant liability claim is brought against us that is not adequately covered by insurance, we may have to pay the claim with our own funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our annual effective income tax rate can change materially as a result of changes in our mix of U.S. and foreign earnings and other factors, including changes in tax laws and changes made by regulatory authorities.

Our overall effective income tax rate is equal to our total tax expense as a percentage of total earnings before tax. However, income tax expense and benefits are not recognized on a global basis but rather on a jurisdictional or legal entity basis. Losses in one jurisdiction may not be used to offset profits in other jurisdictions and may cause an increase in our tax rate. Changes in the mix of earnings (or losses) between jurisdictions and assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, among other factors, could have a

26


significant effect on our overall effective income tax rate, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

The full realization of our deferred tax assets may be affected by a number of factors, including earnings in the United States.

We have deferred tax assets including state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, accruals not registeredyet deductible for tax purposes, employee benefit items, interest expense carryforwards, and other items. We have established valuation allowances to reduce the Class A ordinary shares issuabledeferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Our ability to utilize the deferred tax assets depends in part upon exerciseour ability to generate future taxable income, including the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities that have been generated as a result of the warrants undertransaction, within each respective jurisdiction during the Securities Actperiods in which these temporary differences reverse or our ability to carryback any state securities laws. However, underlosses created by the termsdeduction of these temporary differences. We expect to realize the assets over an extended period. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in the U.S. and/or certain foreign jurisdictions, or if there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rate would increase if we were required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. In addition, changes in statutory tax rates or other legislation or regulation may change our deferred tax assets or liability balances, with either favorable or unfavorable impacts on our effective tax rate.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States, and our domestic tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
expected timing and amount of the warrant agreement,release of any tax valuation allowances;
tax effects of stock-based compensation;
costs related to intercompany restructurings;
changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or
lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have agreedlower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to useaudits of our best effortsincome, sales and other taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets and we may never realize the full carrying value of the related assets.

We record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including end-user relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. We test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Amortizable intangible assets are periodically reviewed for possible impairment whenever there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment may result from, among other things, (i) a decrease in our expected net earnings; (ii) adverse equity market conditions; (iii) a decline in current market multiples; (iv) a decline in our common stock price; (v) a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates; (vi) heightened competition; (vii) strategic decisions made in response to fileeconomic or competitive conditions; or (viii) a registration statementmore- likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of. In the event that we determine that events or circumstances exist that indicate that the carrying value of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets may no longer be recoverable, we might have to recognize a non-cash impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Our management has identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which could, if not promptly remediated, result in material misstatements in our future financial statements.

In the course of its assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, our management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, that gives rise to a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material

27


weaknesses are described in more detail in this Report under Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.” As a result of these material weaknesses, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective at December 31, 2022.

Although we are working on plans to remediate the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relatingmaterial weaknesses that led to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exerciseineffectiveness of the warrants. We cannot assure you thatour internal control over financial reporting, there can be no assurance as to when our remediation plan will be fully developed, when we will be able to do so if, for example, any factsfully implement it or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under blue sky laws. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.


The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and holders of our Private Placement Warrants may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering, the holders of the private placement warrants, the warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the working capital loans, and the founder shares are entitled to registration rights with respect to such warrants and the ordinary shares underlying such warrants and founder shares. The registration rights are exercisable with respect to the founder shares, the private placement warrants (including any Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants) and the warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (including any Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon the exercise of such warrants). Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement, we have agreed that we will use our reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination (and, with respect to clause (B) below, within 30 days following announcement of the results of the shareholder vote relating to our initial business combination or the results of our offer to shareholders to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with our initial business combination (whichever is later), which we refer to as the “disclosure date”) a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of  (A) the forward purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying the anchor investors’ forward purchase warrants and the anchor investors’ and the BSOF Entities’ founder shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities, including any time after we complete our initial business combination, (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 60 days after the closing of the initial business combination or the disclosure date, as the case may be and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of  (A) the date on which the anchor investor or BSOF Entity ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registrationsuch implementation. Until we develop and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price offully implement our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the securities owned by our initial shareholders or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We will seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, but may also pursue business combination opportunities in other sectors, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.


We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries outside of the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries (which industries may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise).

Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidates in the consumer products or services or food and beverage sectors, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services sectors, we will consider a business combination outside of these industries if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, after having expended a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Althoughremediation plan, our management will endeavorcontinue to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of thedevote significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately provetime and attention to be less favorable to our public shareholders than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained herein regarding the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines.efforts. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only an estimated $10.00 per share on our redemptionthe remediation of all of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherentmaterial weaknesses in a particular target business,timely manner, or at all, or if our remediation plan is inadequate, we may notwill continue to be ablesubject to properly ascertain or assess allhigher risk of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate timefailure to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be discloseddetect material errors in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.


We will not be required to obtain a fairness opinion from an independent investment banking firm as to the fair market value of the target business if our board of directors is able to determine independently the fair market value of the target business.

The fair market value of a target business or businesses will be determined by our board of directors based upon standards generally accepted by thefuture consolidated financial community, such as actual and potential sales, the values of comparable businesses, earnings and cash flow, and book value. If, however, our board of directors is less familiar or experienced with the target company’s business, there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skillsstatements and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis our board, and our board of directors is not ableinability to determine independently that the target business has a sufficient fair market value to meet the threshold criterion, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criterion. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to you. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders andtimely file future periodic reports with the SEC, which in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

However, in all other instances, we will have no obligationturn could materially and adversely affect investor confidence, our ability to obtain a fairness opinion. As a result, if no opinion is obtained or an opinion is not delivered to you, our shareholders will be relying solely onraise new capital and the judgmentmarket price of our board in effecting our initial business combination.securities.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 25,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 Class C ordinary shares, par value $0.0001, and 1,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2017, there are 200,000,000 and 12,625,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and the forward purchase warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares or shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination unless the holder elects to have such shares converted into Class C ordinary shares, as described herein. Following the consummation of our initial business combination, the Class C ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party. At December 31, 2017, there were no Class C ordinary shares or preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the initial public offering;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — General”) of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned ’‘Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules’’). Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year (of which there can be no assurance), we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.


After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon us or any of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws, including federal securities laws. See “Description of Securities — Certain Differences in Corporate Law — Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect ourcertain key personnel.

Our ability to operate.

Our operations aresuccessfully operate our business is dependent upon a relatively small groupthe efforts of individuals and, in particular,certain key personnel, including our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Other than key-man insurance on the life of Mr. Asali that we are required to obtain under the terms of the forward purchase agreements, we do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers.senior management. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers and our inability to hire and retain replacements could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel, and restrictions in the forward purchase agreements on hiring certain employees related to our sponsor, could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. In addition, certain terms of the forward purchase agreements may limit the hiring of individuals affiliated with our sponsor by us and/or the target business in connection with or following an initial business combination. For example, unless we obtain approval of anchor investors that have committed to purchase more than 50% of the total forward purchase shares we will not be permitted to pay any transaction, monitoring or similar fee to our sponsor or any of its’ employees, directors or controlled affiliates. We must also obtain approval from a majority of our anchor investors prior to hiring, employing or appointing to our board of directors any employee, officer or director of our sponsor.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our business combination


We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. Our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and any of them in the future may become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”


Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, the anchor investors (including our founder and each of our other executive officers), the BSOF Entities and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

At December 31, 2017, our sponsor held an aggregate of 8,100,000 founder shares. On March 8, 2018, our sponsor forfeited 1,125,000 founder shares to the Company following expiration of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters in our initial public offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Further, 2,250,000 founder shares, which constitute the earnout shares, will be subject to forfeiture by our sponsor (or its permitted transferees) and the BSOF Entities on the fifth anniversary of our initial business combination unless following our initial business combination, either (A) the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares (or any successor class of ordinary shares or common shares) equals or exceeds, in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share and, in the case of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or (B) we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for consideration in cash, securities or other property which equals or exceeds, in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share and, in the case of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.


We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and forward purchase shares, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

Disruption and volatility of the financial and credit markets could affect our external liquidity sources.

The net proceedsOur principal sources of liquidity are accumulated cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, cash flow from the initial public offeringoperations and the Private Placement provided us with $300,000,000 that we may use to completeamounts available under our initial business combination (excluding $10,500,000lines of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the Trust Account). We also expect to receive $150,000,000 of additional funds from the sale of forward purchase shares in connection with our business combination.


credit, including secured credit facilities, term loans and a revolving credit facility. We may effectuatebe unable to refinance any of our initial business combinationindebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Additionally, conditions in financial markets could affect financial institutions with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinderhave relationships and could result in adverse effects on our ability to completeutilize fully our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.committed borrowing facilities.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.


We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 65% of the public warrants. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or other governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of our initial public offering. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.


The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, approximately 26.4% of our Class A ordinary shares upon the closing of our initial public offering (assuming they do not purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares and excluding 493,750 Class B ordinary shares held by one of our anchor investors who is expected to elect to convert such shares into Class C ordinary shares), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with the sponsor, our executive officers and directors. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to completefund our initial business combinationoperations or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholdersgrowth.

We may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of our initial public offering, the Private Placement and the sale of the forward purchase shares will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds from the initial public offering, the Private Placement and the sale of the forward purchase shares prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The recent economic environment has made it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not needrequire additional financing to completefund our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business.growth. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None ofCompany.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table provides our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.


Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in uslocations and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.their various functions:

Our initial shareholders own , on an as-converted basis, 26.4% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares and excluding 493,750 Class B ordinary shares held by one of our anchor investors who is expected to elect to convert such shares into Class C ordinary shares). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our initial shareholders purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares, this would increase their control. To our knowledge, none of our officers or directors, has any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of  $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our public shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the anchor investors, the BSOF Entities or their respective permitted transferees.


Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 15,000,000 of our Class A ordinary shares as part of the units sold in the initial public offering and, simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we issued in the Private Placement an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or one Class C ordinary share, as applicable, at $11.50 per share. We also agreed to issue 5,000,000 forward purchase warrants concurrently with the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares. In addition, if our founder or an affiliate of our founder makes any working capital loans, he or it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,500,000 private placement warrants, at the price of  $1.00 per warrant. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares (which are convertible into Class A ordinary shares following the consummation of our initial business combination) upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-half of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrantholder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financing reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.


Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2018. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.


We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be (i) in respect of taxes, a fine or penalty, (ii) inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, (iii) impeachable on the grounds of fraud or (iv) obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. In addition, public shareholders are restricted from redeeming their Class A ordinary shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares. See “— If the anchor investors purchase large amounts of public shares in the open market, they may attempt to leverage their redemption rights in order to affect the outcome of a potential initial business combination.”

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

Function

Location

Segment

PPS System Assembly

Paper
Consumables

Automation

Sales/
Administrative

Concord Township, Ohio[1]

North America

Heerlen, The Netherlands[2]

Europe/Asia

Christiansburg, Virginia

North America

Kansas City, Missouri

North America

Krimice, Czech Republic

Europe/Asia

Laoshan, China

Europe/Asia

Moenchengladbach, Germany

Europe/Asia

Nyrany, Czech Republic

Europe/Asia

Paris, France

Europe/Asia

Prague, Czech Republic

Europe/Asia

Raleigh, North Carolina

North America

Reno, Nevada

North America

Sao Paulo, Brazil

Europe/Asia

Shanghai, China

Europe/Asia

Singapore

Europe/Asia

Tokyo, Japan

Europe/Asia

Iskandar Puteri, Malaysia

Europe/Asia

[1] Global headquarters

[2] Europe/Asia regional headquarters

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

28


We may not be ablehave secured lease agreements for new facilities in Shelton, Connecticut; and Eygelshoven, The Netherlands. We anticipate occupying these new facilities in 2023.

From time to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so,time, we may be unableinvolved in various legal proceedings, lawsuits, and claims incidental to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination,the conduct of our operations might suffer, either ofbusiness. Our businesses are also subject to extensive regulation, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.


The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.regulatory proceedings against us.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.Not applicable.

Item 2.Properties

We currently maintain our executive offices at 3 East 28th Street, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10016. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we will pay to our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

None.


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrantsCommon Shares are listed on The New York Exchangethe NYSE under the symbols “OMAD.U”, “OMAD” and “OMAD WS”, respectively. The following table sets forth the rangesymbol, “PACK.”

Holders of high and low sales prices for the units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants for the periods indicated since the units commenced public trading on January 18, 2018, and since the Class A ordinary shares and warrants commenced public trading separately on February 21, 2018.Record

  Common shares(1)  Warrants(1)  Units 
  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low 
                         
Quarter ended March 31, 2018 (January 18, 2018 through March 28, 2018) $9.65  $9.55  $1.00  $0.70  $10.21  $9.90 

(1)       Beginning on February 21, 2018 with respect to the common shares and warrants.

Holders

As of March 28, 2018,13, 2023, there was one holder of record of our units, one holderwere 16 holders of record of our Class A ordinary sharesCommon Shares and one holder of our Class C Common Shares. The actual number of holders is greater than the number of record holders and includes holders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of our public warrants.holders of record also does not include holders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividends

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinarycommon shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior toin the completion of our business combination.foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors.condition. In addition, our boardBoard of directorsDirectors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, ourOur ability to declare dividends may beis limited by restrictive covenants we may agreecontained within our senior secured credit facilities. Refer to in connection therewith.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

PriorNote 11, “Long-Term Debt to our initial public offering, we issued 8,625,000 founder shares to our sponsor in exchangeconsolidated financial statements for a capital contribution of $25,000,further information.

Performance Graph

The following stock price performance graph should not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Report into any filing under the Exchange Act or approximately $0.003 per share. Subsequently, our sponsor transferred 525,000 founder sharesthe Securities Act, except to the BSOF Entities. In addition, in connection withextent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.

The graph below compares the forward purchase agreements, we issued to the anchor investors an aggregatecumulative total return of 3,750,000 founder shares for $0.01 per share prior to our initial public offering. Our sponsor, the BSOF Entities and the anchor investors currently own 6,735,000, 525,000 and 3,750,000 founder shares, respectively. Substantially concurrently with the consummation of the initial public offering, the Company completed the private sale (the “Private Placement”) of 8,000,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) to certain investors at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $8,000,000.

On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the initial public offering of 30,000,000 units. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one warrant. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acted as joint book-running managers for the offering and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. acted as the co-manager for the offering. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $300,000,000, which has been deposited into a Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.


Item 6.Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical financial information derivedcommon stock from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report for the period from July 13, 2017 (inception)June 3, 2019 through December 31, 2017. You should read2022, with the following selected financial datacomparable cumulative return of two indices, the Russell 2000 Index (“RTY”) and the Dow Jones U.S. Containers and Packaging Index (“DJUSCP”).

The graph plots the growth in conjunctionvalue of a $100.00 initial investment in our common stock and in each of the indexes over the indicated time periods, and assumes reinvestment of all dividends, if any, paid on the securities. We have not paid any cash dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for us is based solely upon share price appreciation and not upon reinvestment of cash dividends. The share price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

29


img1915761_0.jpg 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On July 26, 2022, the Company's Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of shares of the Company's Class A common stock, with “Itema 36-month expiration. These Class A common stock repurchases may occur in transactions that may include, without limitation, tender offers, open market purchases, accelerated share repurchases, negotiated block purchases, and transactions effected through plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The timing and actual amount of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of different factors and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the discretion of the Directors. The Company did not repurchase any shares under the repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2022.

ITEM 6. RESERVED

Not applicable.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and theOperations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhereset forth in this report.

December 31, 2017
(US$)
Statement of Operations Data:
Formation and operating costs8,515
Net loss(8,515)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)7,157,895
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share(0.00)
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Total assets870,815
Total liabilities816,830
Shareholders’ equity53,985
Other Financial Data:
Net cash used in operating activities(19,401)
Net cash provided by financing activities21,297

(1)This number excludes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon failure to satisfy certain earnout conditions.

Item 7A.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to One Madison Corporation. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this report. Certain information contained inPart II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Report. All amounts and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.percentages are approximate due to rounding.

Cautionary NoteNotice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report, on Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward lookingforward-looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K,Report, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward lookingforward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)SEC filings. Such forward lookingforward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward lookingforward-looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward lookingforward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.


Overview

30


The forward-looking statements contained in this Report and the Exhibits attached hereto are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us taking into account information currently available to us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, they could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified in the section titled, “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Report. Except as required by law, we are not undertaking any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should not take any statement regarding past trends or activities as a representation that the trends or activities will continue in the future. Accordingly, you should not put undue reliance on these statements.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on July 13, 2017 as a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporatedleading provider of environmentally sustainable, systems-based, product protection solutions and end-of-line automation solutions for e-commerce and industrial supply chains. Since our inception in 1972, we have delivered high quality protective packaging solutions, while maintaining our commitment to environmental sustainability. We assemble our PPS systems and provide the systems and paper consumables to customers, which include direct end-users and our network of exclusive paper packaging solution distributors, who in turn place the systems with and sell paper to commercial and industrial users for the purposeconversion of effectingpaper into packaging materials. We provide end-of-line automation systems that solve challenges, including optimization, customization, and efficiency, facing end-users of our products. We are a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similarglobal business combination with one or more businesses. We intend to effectuatethat generated approximately 58.3% of our initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds2022 net revenue outside of the initial public offeringUnited States.

As of December 31, 2022, we had an installed base of approximately 139.1 thousand protective packaging systems serving a diverse set of distributors and the Private Placementend-users. We generated net revenue of $326.5 million and $383.9 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Effects of Currency Fluctuations

As a result of the private placement warrants,geographic diversity of our shares, debt or a combination of cash, equity and debt.

On January 22, 2018,operations, we consummated our initial public offering (the “initial public offering”) of 30,000,000 units (the “units”). Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $300 million. Priorare exposed to the consummationeffects of currency translation, which has affected the initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and certain other investors (the “anchor investors”) purchased 3,750,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $37,500, or approximately $0.01 per share (together, the “founder shares”). The founder shares were issued to the anchor investors in connection with their agreement to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 ordinary shares (13,025,000 Class A ordinary shares and 1,975,000 Class C ordinary shares) (“forward purchase shares”), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (“forward purchase warrants”) for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150 million, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of the initial business combination (the “forward purchase agreements”). We also entered into the strategic partnership agreement (the “Strategic Partnership Agreement), pursuant to which the sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shares to BSOF Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and BSOF Master Fund II L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, both affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together, the “BSOF Entities”). On March 8, 2018, the Sponsor surrendered 1,125,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration, which the Company cancelled, following the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option granted in the initial public offering.

Upon execution of the forward purchase agreements, each anchor investor elected to receive a fixed number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, following the consummationcomparability of our initial business combination,results of operations between the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party.

Pursuant to the Strategic Partnership Agreement, the BSOF Entities have agreed to act as our strategic partnerperiods presented in this Report and may provide debtaffect the comparability of our results of operations in future periods. Currency transaction exposure results when we generate net revenue in one currency at one time and incur expenses in another currency at another time, or equity financingwhen we realize gain or loss on intercompany transfers. While we seek to limit currency transaction exposure by matching the currencies in connection with our initial business combination, but arewhich we incur sales and expenses, we may not requiredalways be able to do so. The founder shares held by the BSOF Entities

In addition, we are subject to certain transfer restrictions, forfeiturecurrency translation exposure because the operations of our subsidiaries are measured in their functional currency which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates. Any currency balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the subsidiary are re-measured into the functional currency, with the resulting gain or loss recorded in the foreign currency (gains) losses line-item in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. In turn, subsidiary income statement balances that are denominated in currencies other than USD are translated into USD, our reporting currency, in consolidation using the average exchange rate in effect during each fiscal month during the period, with any related gain or loss recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments in other comprehensive income (loss). The assets and earnout provisions similarliabilities of subsidiaries that use functional currencies other than the USD are translated into USD in consolidation using period end exchange rates, with the effects of foreign currency translation adjustments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

We hedge some of our exposure to foreign currency translation with a cross-currency swap. Refer to Note 12, “Derivative Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information. Significant currency fluctuations could impact the comparability of our results between periods, while such fluctuations coupled with material mismatches in net revenue and expenses could also adversely impact our cash flows. See “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Acquisitions and Investments in Small Businesses

In 2021, we acquired Recycold and strategically invested in Pickle and Creapaper. We further invested in Pickle in 2022. All amounts associated with these transactions are immaterial to this Report. Please refer to Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived, and Intangible Assets, net” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for further detail.

While recent acquisitions have been relatively small, any significant future business acquisitions may impact the comparability of our results in future periods with those imposed uponfor prior periods.

31


Key Performance Indicators and Other Factors Affecting Performance

We use the following key performance indicators and monitors the following other factors to analyze our sponsorbusiness performance, determine financial forecasts, and help develop long-term strategic plans:

PPS Systems Base — We closely track the number of PPS systems installed with end-users as it is a leading indicator of underlying business trends and near-term and ongoing net revenue expectations. Our installed base of PPS systems also drives our capital expenditure budgets. The following table presents our installed base of PPS systems as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

Change

 

 

% Change

 

PPS Systems

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Cushioning machines

 

 

35.3

 

 

 

35.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.3

 

Void-Fill machines

 

 

81.6

 

 

 

77.5

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

5.3

 

Wrapping machines

 

 

22.2

 

 

 

20.5

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

8.3

 

Total

 

 

139.1

 

 

 

133.2

 

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

4.4

 

Paper Costs. Paper is a key component of our cost of goods sold and paper costs can fluctuate significantly between periods. We purchase both 100% virgin and 100% recycled paper, as well as blends, from various suppliers for conversion into the paper consumables we sell. The cost of paper supplies is our largest input cost, and we historically have negotiated supply and pricing arrangements with most of our paper suppliers annually, with a view towards mitigating fluctuations in paper cost. Nevertheless, as paper is a commodity, its price on the open market, and in turn the prices we negotiate with suppliers at a given point in time, can fluctuate significantly, and is affected by several factors outside of our control, including inflationary pressures, supply and demand and the anchor investors. Ifcost of other commodities that are used in the manufacture of paper, including wood, energy and chemicals. The market for our solutions is competitive and it may be difficult to pass on increases in paper prices to our customers immediately, or at all, which has in the past, and could in the future, adversely affect our operating results. Further, the conflict in Ukraine has increased pricing for paper products as a result of decreased availability of paper products previously sourced from Russian paper mills. In the third quarter of 2022, we seek shareholder approvaleliminated our paper sourcing from Russian suppliers and reallocated our purchases to other mills across the globe. As previously noted, we have seen some stabilization of paper and other costs in North America, however, pricing conditions in Europe remain unsteady, primarily due to the volatility in energy markets. Where we can, we will look to pass increased market costs on to our customers to mitigate the impact of these costs. We are unable to predict our ability to pass these costs on to our customers and how much of these increases we will be able to pass on to our customers. As such, we expect some continued pressure on our gross margin in the medium term relative to our historical margin profile.

Inflationary Pressures and Other Costs. We experienced inflationary pressures in 2022, increasing the costs of paper as well as shipping and logistics, energy and wages, among other costs. In addition, inflationary pressures have adversely impacted some of our initialend-users, such as automotive companies; distributors; electronic manufacturers; machinery manufacturers; home goods manufacturers; e-commerce and mail order fulfillment firms; and other end-users that are particularly sensitive to reductions in business combination,and consumer spending by their respective customers, and which in turn have impacted our net revenue. The conflict in Ukraine has also caused certain headwinds, including (i) increased energy costs, particularly in Europe; (ii) shipping variabilities due to truck driver shortages and (iii) increased shipping times for paper products sourced from Russian paper mills, in addition to increased paper costs discussed above. Higher costs due to inflation and the BSOF Entitiesconflict in Ukraine during 2022 were partially offset by price increases, which mitigated the impact on our operating results. However, our ability to predict or further offset inflationary cost increases in the future or during economic downturns or recessions may be limited or impacted by heightened competition for net revenue, an unwillingness by our customers to accept price increase or pressure to reduce selling prices if end-users reduce their volume of purchases. Inflationary pressures and associated increases in interest rates and borrowing costs may also impact the ability of some of our end-users and suppliers to obtain funds for operations and capital expenditures, which could negatively impact our ability to obtain necessary supplies as well as the sales of materials and equipment to affected end-users. This could also result in reduced or delayed collections of outstanding accounts receivable from end-users, which could impact our cash flows. As a result, to the extent inflationary pressures continue, we expect additional pressure on our net revenue and gross margin. We will continue to evaluate the impact of inflationary pressures on our profitability and cash flows as well as our end-users.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in changes in market and economic conditions around the world. We continue to operate our production and distribution facilities, both domestically and internationally, albeit subject to measures designed to promote a safe operating environment. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our assembly and distribution operations have agreedexperienced disruptions, including lockdowns; port congestion; component-related supply-related challenges (including from China); increased shipping and logistics costs; and delayed availability of supplies. Additionally, social distancing and similar measures adopted in many jurisdictions around the world impacted our ability to vote any founder sharesdemonstrate and install our protective packaging systems and Automation products and, as a result, such demonstrations and installations were delayed. The COVID-19 pandemic and associated shutdown measures also contributed to an increase in e-commerce activity and our net revenue, and the subsequent reopening of economies has had a negative impact on e-commerce activity and our net revenues. While we do not

32


currently expect COVID-19 to have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity, we cannot predict the extent to which we will ultimately be impacted due to the uncertain nature and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risk Factors” located previously in this Report. We will continue to evaluate the nature and extent of the impact to our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for 2022 and 2021, presented in millions of dollars.

In addition, in our discussion below, we include certain other unaudited, non-GAAP constant currency data for 2022 and 2021. This data is based on our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this Report, adjusted (where applicable) to reflect a constant currency presentation between periods for the convenience of readers. We reconcile this data to our GAAP data for the same period under “Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures” for 2022 and 2021.

Comparison of 2022 to 2021

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

% Net revenue

 

Net revenue

 

$

326.5

 

 

 

 

$

383.9

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

226.9

 

 

 

69.5

 

 

 

235.0

 

 

 

61.2

 

Gross profit

 

 

99.6

 

 

 

30.5

 

 

 

148.9

 

 

 

38.8

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

105.5

 

 

 

32.3

 

 

 

98.3

 

 

 

25.6

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

32.1

 

 

 

9.8

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

9.1

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

0.9

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(42.5

)

 

 

(13.0

)

 

 

12.2

 

 

 

3.2

 

Interest expense

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

5.8

 

Foreign currency gain

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

(1.4

)

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

(4.3

)

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(56.7

)

 

 

(17.4

)

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(1.3

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(15.3

)

 

 

(4.7

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(0.5

)

Net loss

 

$

(41.4

)

 

 

(12.7

)

 

$

(2.8

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

32.9

 

 

 

 

 

$

91.1

 

 

 

 

AEBITDA (Constant Currency)

 

$

66.8

 

 

 

 

 

$

117.8

 

 

 

 

Net Revenue

The following table and the discussion that follows compares our net revenue by geographic region and by product line for 2022 and 2021 on a GAAP basis and on a non-GAAP constant currency basis as described above and in the discussion below. See also “Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures” for further details:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

% Net revenue

 

North America

 

$

134.7

 

 

 

41.3

 

 

$

146.9

 

 

 

38.3

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

191.8

 

 

 

58.7

 

 

 

237.0

 

 

 

61.7

 

Net revenue

 

$

326.5

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

383.9

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cushioning machines

 

$

140.3

 

 

 

43.0

 

 

$

162.6

 

 

 

42.4

 

Void-Fill machines

 

 

130.6

 

 

 

40.0

 

 

 

154.5

 

 

 

40.2

 

Wrapping machines

 

 

40.5

 

 

 

12.4

 

 

 

52.0

 

 

 

13.5

 

Other

 

 

15.1

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

14.8

 

 

 

3.9

 

Net revenue

 

$

326.5

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

383.9

 

 

 

100.0

 

33


 

 

Non-GAAP Constant Currency

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

North America

 

$

134.7

 

 

 

39.1

 

 

$

146.9

 

 

 

38.9

 

 

$

(12.2

)

 

 

(8.3

)

Europe/Asia

 

 

209.4

 

 

 

60.9

 

 

 

230.6

 

 

 

61.1

 

 

 

(21.2

)

 

 

(9.2

)

Net revenue

 

$

344.1

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

377.5

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

(33.4

)

 

 

(8.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cushioning machines

 

$

149.2

 

 

 

43.4

 

 

$

159.2

 

 

 

42.2

 

 

$

(10.0

)

 

 

(6.3

)

Void-Fill machines

 

 

136.6

 

 

 

39.7

 

 

 

152.2

 

 

 

40.3

 

 

 

(15.6

)

 

 

(10.2

)

Wrapping machines

 

 

41.8

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

51.4

 

 

 

13.6

 

 

 

(9.6

)

 

 

(18.7

)

Other

 

 

16.5

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

14.7

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

12.2

 

Net revenue

 

$

344.1

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

377.5

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

(33.4

)

 

 

(8.8

)

Net revenue for 2022 was $326.5 million compared to net revenue of $383.9 million in 2021, a decrease of $57.4 million or 15.0%. Net revenue was negatively impacted by currency headwinds, as well as decreases in cushioning, void-fill, and wrapping, slightly offset by an increase in other sales. Revenue from all product categories was negatively affected by lower economic activity; lower e-Commerce use due to the opening up of economies; the impact inflationary pressures are having on consumer and corporate budgets; and tightening inventory management in response to uncertainties in the economic environment. In addition to currency headwinds, revenue from all product categories was negatively affected by our global transition to a new cloud-based ERP system, particularly in the first quarter of 2022. The ERP system transition created certain obstacles that affected operations, including scheduled downtime for cutting over to the new ERP system; processing and shipping inefficiencies associated with using the new ERP system; and, while transitioning to the new ERP system, the delay of pricing increases to help offset input cost pressures. Additionally, the impact of the Omicron variant of COVID-19 limited visits to customers for product demonstrations in the first quarter of 2022; however, this impact waned during the second and third quarters of 2022. Cushioning decreased $22.3 million, or 13.7%, to $140.3 million from $162.6 million; void-fill decreased $23.9 million, or 15.5%, to $130.6 million from $154.5 million; wrapping decreased $11.5 million, or 22.1%, to $40.5 million from $52.0 million; and other sales increased $0.3 million, or 2.0%, to $15.1 million from $14.8 million, for 2022 compared to 2021. Other net revenue includes automated box sizing equipment and non-paper revenue from packaging systems installed in the field, such as systems accessories. The decrease in net revenue is quantified by a decrease in the volume of our paper consumable products of approximately 24.1 percentage points (“pp”), partially offset by a 14.4 pp increase in the price or mix of our paper consumable products and a 0.8 pp increase in the sales of automated box sizing equipment. Constant currency net revenue was $344.1 million for 2022, a $33.4 million, or 8.8%, decrease from constant currency net revenue of $377.5 million for 2021.

Net revenue in North America for 2022 totaled $134.7 million compared to net revenue in North America of $146.9 million in 2021. The decrease of $12.2 million, or 8.3%, was attributable to a decrease in cushioning, void-fill, wrapping, and other sales.

Net revenue in Europe/Asia for 2022 totaled $191.8 million compared to net revenue in Europe/Asia of $237.0 million in 2021. The decrease of $45.2 million, or 19.1%, was driven by currency headwinds as well as decreases in cushioning, void-fill, and wrapping sales, partially offset by an increase in other sales. Constant currency net revenue in Europe/Asia was $209.4 million for 2022, a $21.2 million, or 9.2%, decrease from constant currency net revenue of $230.6 million for 2021.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for 2022 totaled $226.9 million, a decrease of $8.1 million, or 3.4%, compared to $235.0 million in 2021. The change was primarily due to lower volumes, currency headwinds, as well as $1.2 million lower depreciation expense partially offset by increased paper costs. We experienced increased manufacturing input costs in 2022, primarily driven by increased paper and labor costs compared to 2021. As previously noted, we implemented additional pricing actions in 2022.

Selling, General, and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses for 2022 were $105.5 million, an increase of $7.2 million, or 7.3%, from $98.3 million in 2021. The change in SG&A was largely due to increased headcount and associated compensation as well as ERP system implementation costs. The increase was partially offset by decreases in expenses from proactive selective headcount reductions; the deferral of certain initiatives during the second half of 2022; a decrease in stock compensation expense primarily associated with the 2021 LTIP PRSUs (herein defined), whose downward adjustments resulted from evaluations on their performance criteria; and an approximate 5.0% decrease due to currency rate fluctuations over the prior year.

34


Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses for 2022 were $32.1 million, a decrease of $2.9 million, or 8.3%, from $35.0 million in 2021, primarily due to a decrease in depreciation of computer software. Additionally, currency rate fluctuations accounted for approximately 3.1% of the decrease in 2022 over the prior year.

Other Operating Expense, Net

Other operating expense, net, for 2022 was $4.5 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 32.4%, from $3.4 million in 2021. The change in other operating expense (income), net was largely driven by increases in research and development costs in 2022, partially offset by an approximate 2.9% decrease due to currency rate fluctuations in 2022 over the prior year.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for 2022 was $20.7 million, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 7.6%, from $22.4 million in 2021. The change was due to a decrease in debt during 2022 compared to 2021. Additionally, currency rate fluctuations accounted for approximately 1.8% of the decrease in 2022 over the prior year.

Foreign Currency (Gain) Loss

Foreign currency gain for 2022 was $2.2 million, a change of $3.1 million, or 58.5%, from foreign currency loss of $5.3 million in 2021 due to the volatility in Euro exchange rates compared to USD.

Other Non-Operating Expense (Income), Net

Other non-operating income, net for 2022 was $4.3 million and primarily represents the unrealized gain on our investment in Pickle. Other non-operating income, net was not material for 2021.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit for 2022 was $15.3 million, or an effective tax rate of 27.3%. Income tax benefit was $2.1 million in 2021, or an effective tax rate of 42.7%. The fluctuation in the effective tax rate between periods was primarily attributable to a jurisdictional mix of income, benefits derived from stock-based compensation, return to provision adjustments, tax credits available in the U.S., and income in foreign jurisdictions that are taxed at different rates than the U.S. statutory tax rate.

Net Loss

Net loss for 2022 increased $38.6 million to $41.4 million from a net loss of $2.8 million in 2021. The change was due to the reasons discussed above.

EBITDA and AEBITDA

EBITDA for 2022 was $32.9 million, a decrease of $58.2 million, or 63.9%, from $91.1 million in 2021. Adjusting for one-time costs, AEBITDA for 2022 and 2021 totaled $66.8 million and $117.8 million, respectively, a decrease of $51.0 million, or 43.3%.

Comparison of 2021 to 2020

Discussions of 2020 items and comparisons between 2021 and 2020 that are not included in this Report can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2021.

Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures

As noted above, we believe that in order to better understand the performance of the Company, providing non-GAAP financial measures to users of our financial information is helpful. We believe presentation of these non-GAAP measures is useful because they are many of the key measures that allow management to evaluate more effectively our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period and against peers without regard to financing methods or capital structure. Management does not consider these non-GAAP measures in isolation or as an alternative to similar financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. The computations of EBITDA and AEBITDA may ownnot be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to, or more meaningful than, measures of financial performance as determined in favoraccordance with GAAP or as indicators of operating performance.

35


The following tables and related notes reconcile certain non-GAAP measures, including the non-GAAP constant currency measures, to GAAP information presented in this Report for 2022 and 2021:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Net revenue

 

$

326.5

 

 

$

383.9

 

 

$

(57.4

)

 

 

(15.0

)

Cost of goods sold

 

 

226.9

 

 

 

235.0

 

 

 

(8.1

)

 

 

(3.4

)

Gross profit

 

 

99.6

 

 

 

148.9

 

 

 

(49.3

)

 

 

(33.1

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

105.5

 

 

 

98.3

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

7.3

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

32.1

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

(8.3

)

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

32.4

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(42.5

)

 

 

12.2

 

 

 

(54.7

)

 

 

(448.4

)

Interest expense

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(7.6

)

Foreign currency gain

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

(58.5

)

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

(4.3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4.3

)

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(56.7

)

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(51.8

)

 

 

1,057.1

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

(15.3

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(13.2

)

 

 

628.6

 

Net loss

 

 

(41.4

)

 

 

(2.8

)

 

 

(38.6

)

 

 

1,378.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense – COS

 

 

36.8

 

 

 

38.6

 

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

(4.7

)

Depreciation and amortization expense – D&A

 

 

32.1

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

(8.3

)

Interest expense

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(7.6

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(15.3

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(13.2

)

 

 

628.6

 

EBITDA(1)

 

 

32.9

 

 

 

91.1

 

 

 

(58.2

)

 

 

(63.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain translation

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

(58.2

)

Non-cash impairment losses

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(41.2

)

M&A, restructuring, severance

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

53.8

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

 

(4.2

)

 

 

(18.7

)

Amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs(3)

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

Cloud-based software implementation costs

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on investment in small private business

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

Other adjustments

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

(4.4

)

 

 

(50.6

)

Constant currency

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

(2.0

)

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

(315.0

)

Constant Currency AEBITDA(1)

 

$

66.8

 

 

$

117.8

 

 

$

(51.0

)

 

 

(43.3

)

(see subsequent footnotes)

(1)
Reconciliations of EBITDA and AEBITDA for each period presented are to net (loss) income, the nearest GAAP equivalent.
(2)
Adjustments are related to non-cash unusual or infrequent costs such as: effects of non-cash foreign currency remeasurement or adjustment; impairment of returned machines; costs associated with the evaluation of acquisitions; costs associated with executive severance; costs associated with restructuring actions such as plant rationalization or realignment, reorganization, and reductions in force; costs associated with the implementation of the global ERP system; and other items deemed by management to be unusual, infrequent, or non-recurring.
(3)
Represents amortization of capitalized costs related to the implementation of the global ERP system, which are included in SG&A:

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital needs, capital expenditures, debt service, acquisitions, other commitments and contractual obligations. We evaluate liquidity in terms of cash flows from operations and other sources and the sufficiency of such initial business combination. The BSOF Entities may designate one observercash flows to fund our board of directors until the consummation of our initial business combination. The BSOF Entities have also separately purchased an aggregate of 560,000 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of  $1.00 per warrant, in the Initial Private Placement. Such Private Placement Warrants have the same termsoperating, investing and conditions as those purchased by our anchor investors. The BSOF Entities will be entitled to registration rights with respect any ordinary shares and warrants held by them. financing activities.

We believe that our cash balances together with borrowing capacity under the combinationrevolving portion of capital provided by our anchor investors and a strategic partnership with the BSOF Entitiessenior secured credit facilities will provide us with a material advantagesufficient resources to cover our current requirements. Our main liquidity needs relate to capital expenditures and expenses for the production and maintenance of PPS systems placed at end-user facilities, working capital, including the purchase of paper raw materials, and payments of principal and interest on our outstanding debt. We expect our capital expenditures to increase as we continue to grow our business, expand our manufacturing footprint, and upgrade our existing systems and facilities. We continue to evaluate our inventory requirements and adjust according to our volume forecasts. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, and if we are unable to obtain needed additional funds, we may have to reduce our operating costs or incur additional debt, which could impair our growth prospects and/or otherwise negatively impact our

36


business. Further, volatility in effecting an initial business combination.the equity and credit markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, the conflict in Ukraine, or other macroeconomic factors could make obtaining new equity or debt financing more difficult or expensive.

Simultaneously with the closingWe had $62.8 million in cash and cash equivalents as of the initial public offering, the Company consummated the Initial Private PlacementDecember 31, 2022 and $103.9 million as of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase oneDecember 31, 2021. We sold approximately 5.3 million shares of Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share, as applicable, at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating grosscommon stock in the May 2021 Equity Offering (herein defined) for net proceeds of $8$103.4 million.

Upon the closing We used $70.0 million of the initial public offering and the Initial Private Placement, $300 million ($10.00 per unit)proceeds from the net proceeds thereof was placed in a U.S.-based Trust Account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (“Trust Account”), and is investedMay 2021 Equity Offering to invest in a money market fund selected byto generate short-term cash returns. Additionally, we prepaid $20.9 million of principal on the Company until the earlier of: (i) the completionFirst Lien Dollar Term Facility in June 2021 (the “June 2021 Prepayment”).

Including finance lease liabilities and excluding deferred financing costs, we had $396.9 million in debt, $2.4 million of the initial business combination or (ii) the redemptionwhich was classified as short-term, as of December 31, 2022, compared to $406.5 million in debt, $2.2 million of which was classified as short-term, as of December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, we did not have amounts outstanding under our $45.0 million revolving credit facility, and we had no borrowings under such facility through March 31, 2023.

Share Repurchase Program

On July 26, 2022, members of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to completeBoard of Directors (“Director(s)”) authorized a business combination by January 22, 2020, subject to applicable law.


After the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of $10,500,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummationgeneral share repurchase program of our initial business combination if consummated)Class A common stock of up to $50.0 million, with a 36-month expiration. These Class A common stock repurchases may occur in transactions that may include, without limitation, tender offers, open market purchases, accelerated share repurchases, negotiated block purchases, and approximately $1,000,000transactions effected through plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The timing and actual amount of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of different factors and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the discretion of the Directors.

Debt Profile

The material terms of the Facilities (as defined below) are summarized in expenses relatingNote 11, “Long-Term Debt to the initial public offering, approximately $1,000,000consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

The aggregate principal amount of the net proceedssenior secured credit facilities consists of approximately $378.2 million dollar-denominated first lien term facility (the “First Lien Dollar Term Facility”), a €140.0 million ($152.6 million equivalent) euro-denominated first lien term facility (the “First Lien Euro Term Facility” and, together with the initial public offeringFirst Lien Dollar Term Facility, the “First Lien Term Facility”) and Initial Private Placement was not deposited intoa $45.0 million revolving facility (the “Revolving Facility” and together with the Trust Account and was retained by us for working capital purposes. The net proceeds deposited intoFirst Lien Term Facility, the Trust Account remain on deposit“Facilities”) (including the right to bring in the Trust Account earning interest.

Our management has broad discretionadditional lenders to provide commitments with respect to the specific applicationRevolving Facility in an amount of up to $30.0 million and additional borrowing capacity available for letters of credit in an amount of up to $5.0 million). Our credit facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets.

The First Lien Term Facility accrues interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.75% (assuming a first lien net leverage ratio of less than 5.00:1.00), subject to a leverage-based step-up to an applicable margin equal to 4.00%. The First Lien Term Facility matures on June 3, 2026. The Revolving Facility matures on June 3, 2024.

The Revolving Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit of up to $5 million. Any issuance of letters of credit will reduce the amount available under the Revolving Facility.

In addition, the debt financing provides the borrowers with the option to increase commitments under the debt financing in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $95.0 million and 100% of consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, plus any voluntary prepayments of the net proceedsFirst Lien Term Facility (and, in the case of the revolving facility, to the extent such voluntary prepayments are accompanied by permanent commitment reductions under the Revolving Facility), plus unlimited amounts subject to the relevant net leverage ratio tests and certain other conditions.

The obligations of Ranpak Corp. (as successor to the initial public offering,borrower Ranger Packaging LLC), an Ohio corporation (the “U.S. Borrower”) and Ranpak B.V., a private limited liability company under the Over-allotment,laws of the Netherlands (the “Dutch Borrower” and together with the Private Placement, althoughU.S. Borrower, the “Borrowers”) under the Facilities and certain of its obligations under hedging arrangements and cash management arrangements are unconditionally guaranteed by Ranger Pledgor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned U.S. organized restricted subsidiary of Holdings (together with Holdings, the “U.S. Guarantors”) and, solely with respect to the obligations of the Dutch Borrower or any Dutch Guarantor, each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned Dutch organized restricted subsidiary of Holdings (the “Dutch Guarantors”, and together with the U.S. Guarantors, the “Guarantors”), in each case, other than certain excluded subsidiaries. The Facilities are secured by (i) a first priority pledge of the equity interests of the Borrowers and of each direct, wholly-owned restricted subsidiary of any Borrower or any Guarantor and (ii) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied toward consummating a Business Combination.

Critical Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statementsassets of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted inBorrowers and the United States of America (“GAAP”). In connection withGuarantors (in each case, subject to customary exceptions), provided

37


that notwithstanding the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, on January 22, 2018, the Company consummated its initial public offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which alleviated any liquidity concerns.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dateforegoing, obligations of the financial statementsU.S. Borrower and U.S. Guarantors under the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimateFacilities were not secured by assets of the effectDutch Borrower or any Dutch Guarantor.

The Revolving Facility requires the borrowers to maintain a maximum first lien net leverage ratio 9.10:1.00. This “springing” financial covenant is tested on the last day of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near-term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2017, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant riskseach fiscal quarter, but only if on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A--“Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs of $868,919, consist of costs incurred in connection with preparation for the Proposed Offering. These costs, together with the underwriter discount, will be charged to capital upon completion of the Proposed Offering or charged to operations if the Proposed Offering is not completed.


Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have not generated any revenues to date and we will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial Business Combination. Our entire activity from inception to December 31, 2017 relates to our formation, consummation of the initial public offering, the Strategic Partnership Agreement, the forward purchase agreements, and, since the closing of the initial public offering, the search for a Business Combination candidate. Going forward, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after this period.

For the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, we had net losses of $8,515, which consisted solely of operating expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2017, we had approximately $1,900 in our operating bank account. As noted above, in connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, on January 22, 2018, the Company consummated its initial public offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which alleviated any liquidity concerns.

Through December 31, 2017, our liquidity needs also have been satisfied through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from our Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the founder shares to our Sponsor, a $37,500 capital contribution from the anchor investors in exchange for the issuance of founder shares to such investors, $92,844 in loans from our Sponsor, and the proceeds not held in the Trust Account resulting from the consummation of the Private Placement.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us the funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to us. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans, other than the interest on such proceeds that may be released to pay our tax obligations. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.

Based on the foregoing, we believe that we will have sufficient working capital and borrowing capacity to meet our needs through the earlier of consummation of a Business Combination or January 22, 2020. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

Our sponsor currently holds an aggregate of 6,735,000 founder shares, the BSOF Entities hold an aggregate of 525,000 founder shares and the anchor investors hold an aggregate of 3,750,000 founder shares. The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or Class C ordinary shares, at the election of the holder) on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination at a ratio such that the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the principal amount of outstanding revolving loans under the Revolving Facility, (ii) drawings on letters of credit under the Revolving Facility and (iii) the face amount of non-cash collateralized letters of credit under the Revolving Facility in excess of an amount to be set forth in the definitive documentation with respect to the debt financing exceeds 35% of the total revolving commitments under the Revolving Facility.

The senior secured credit facilities also contain a number of public shares, plus (ii)customary negative covenants. Such covenants, among other things, will limit or restrict the sumability of (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by us in connection with or in relation to the consummation of our initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any warrants issued in a private placement to our founder or an affiliate of our founder upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of public shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with our initial business combination. 


Our initial shareholders (other than our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the closing of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; and our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier of  (i) the third anniversaryeach of the consummation of our initial business combinationborrowers, their restricted subsidiaries, and where applicable, Holdings, to:

incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock and make guarantees;
incur liens on assets;
engage in mergers or (ii)consolidations or fundamental changes;
sell assets;
pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;
make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;
amend organizational documents;
enter into certain agreements that would restrict the waiver of the foregoing restriction by anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares (in either case, except pursuantability to limited exceptions).

In addition, 30% of the number of founder shares held by our sponsor, the BSOF Entitiespay dividends;

repay certain junior indebtedness;
engage in transactions with affiliates; and their permitted transferees immediately following the consummation of our initial public offering, which we refer to as the “earnout shares,” are subject to forfeiture on a pro rata basis by our sponsor and the BSOF Entities on the fifth anniversary of our initial business combination unless following our initial business combination, either (A) the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares (or any successor class of ordinary shares or common shares) equals or exceeds,
in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share, andHoldings, engage in activities other than passively holding the equity interests in the borrowers and their subsidiaries.

The aforementioned restrictions are subject to certain exceptions including (i) the ability to incur additional indebtedness, liens, investments, dividends and distributions, and prepayments of junior indebtedness subject, in each case, to compliance with certain financial metrics and certain other conditions and (ii) a number of other traditional exceptions that grant the borrowers continued flexibility to operate and develop their businesses. The Facilities also require the borrowers to make mandatory prepayments of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations andterm loans upon the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or (B) we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in alloccurrence of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for consideration incertain events, consisting of (i) an annual excess cash securities or other property which equals or exceeds,flow sweep of 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the caseagreement governing the facilities) with step-downs to 25% if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00 and 0% if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00:1.00, subject to certain deductions; (ii) the receipt of certain insurance/condemnation proceeds or net proceeds from specified asset sales and sale-leasebacks, subject to step-downs based on the company’s first lien leverage ratio; provided that in lieu of a prepayment we may instead reinvest such proceeds in specified assets subject to certain conditions, and (iii) the incurrence or issuance of non-permitted debt, following which we must pay 100% of specified net proceeds received in connection therewith. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.

Under the First Lien Term Facility agreement, our sponsor, $12.50 per share, andlower leverage ratio at December 31, 2020 required us to pay our lenders an $8.2 million exit payment fee (the “Exit Payment”), which was paid in the casefirst quarter of 2021.

Amendment to First Lien Credit Facilities

On February 14, 2020, Ranger Packaging LLC, as the initial U.S. borrower, the Dutch Borrower, Holdings, certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, certain lenders party to Amendment No. 1 (herein defined) and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC (the “Administrative Agent”) entered into the Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 1”).

Among other things, the Amendment No. 1 amends the Facilities such that (x) the requirement of the BSOF Entities, $12.25Borrowers to apply a percentage of excess cash flow to mandatorily prepay term loans under the Facilities commences with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 (instead of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020) and (y) the aggregate amount per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations andfiscal year of capital stock of any parent company of the like) (each, an “earnout condition”). The number of earnout shares subject to forfeiture will initially be 2,250,000 (of which 157,500 are initiallyU.S. Borrower that is held by directors, officers, management, employees, independent contractors or consultants of the BSOF EntitiesU.S. Borrower (or any parent company or subsidiary thereof) that the U.S. Borrower may repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value has been increased to the greater of $10.0 million and 2,092,500 are initially held by our sponsor)10% of Consolidated AEBITDA (as defined in the

38


Facilities) (increased from the greater of $7.0 million and 7% of Consolidated AEBITDA) as of the last day of the most recently ended quarter for which financial statements have been delivered.

Borrower Assumption Agreement

On July 1, 2020, in the following order, (i) Rack Holdings Inc. merged with and into Ranger Packaging LLC, with Ranger Packaging LLC as the surviving entity of such merger and (ii) Ranger Packaging LLC merged with and into Ranpak Corp., with Ranpak Corp. as the surviving entity of such merger (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “Reorganization”). In connectionContemporaneously with the foregoing, our sponsorReorganization, Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak Corp., Ranger Pledgor LLC, certain other subsidiaries of Ranger Pledgor LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC entered into the BSOF Entities have also agreed to not transfer, assign or sell anyBorrower Assumption Agreement whereby, among other things, Ranpak Corp. assumed all obligations, liabilities and rights of its earnout shares until the earlier of (i) the date on which one or more of the earnout conditions has been satisfied and (ii) the date on which our sponsor and the BSOF Entities forfeit the earnout shares.

Private Placement Warrants

Our anchor investors and the BSOF Entities have purchased, pursuant to separate written agreements, an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, of which our founder purchased 2,006,041. If we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be nonredeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the anchor investors, the BSOF Entities or their respective permitted transferees (except under limited circumstances). If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the initial anchor investors and the BSOF Entities or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by such holders on the same basisRanger Packaging LLC as the warrants includedU.S. Borrower under the Facilities.

Permitted Exit Payment

As a result of making the Exit Payment to our lenders, we became eligible to enter into the Permitted Exit Payment Amendment (as defined in the units sold in our initial public offering.

Forward Purchase Agreements; Strategic Partnership Agreement

In connection with our initial public offering,Credit Agreement). On July 28, 2021, we entered into forward purchase agreements pursuantthe Permitted Exit Payment to the Credit Agreement, which, among other things, would introduce additional exceptions to the anchor investors agreednegative covenant that restricts the ability of the Borrowers and their restricted subsidiaries from paying dividends and distributions or repurchasing capital stock. On July 28, 2021, the Permitted Exit Payment Amendment to subscribethe Credit Agreement became effective.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our summary cash flow information for the periods indicated:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

1.1

 

 

$

54.3

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(37.9

)

 

 

(69.8

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(4.5

)

 

 

72.0

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

(1.1

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(41.1

)

 

 

55.4

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

103.9

 

 

 

48.5

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

 

$

62.8

 

 

$

103.9

 

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.1 million in 2022. Cash provided by operating activities was $54.3 million in 2021. The changes in operating cash flows are largely due to the decreases in cash earnings due to increased input costs, increased SG&A, currency headwinds, investments in working capital, and the unrealized gain on our investment in Pickle.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $37.9 million in 2022 and reflects cash received in termination of cross-currency swaps, cash used for production of converter equipment and the renovation of our global headquarters in Concord, Ohio, and an aggregateinvestment in Pickle. Cash used in investing activities was $69.8 million in 2021 and reflects cash used for production of 15,000,000 ordinary shares (13,025,000 Class A ordinary sharesconverter equipment, technology infrastructure improvements, our acquisition of Recycold, and 1,975,000 Class C ordinary shares) plus 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (of which 4,341,667 will be exercisableour investments in Pickle and Creapaper.

Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $4.5 million in 2022 and reflects debt repayments, payments on finance lease liabilities, and tax payments for Class A ordinary shareswithholdings on stock compensation. Net cash provided by financing activities was $72.0 million in 2021 and 658,333 will be exercisable for Class C ordinary shares) for a purchase pricereflects the May 2021 Equity Offering net proceeds of $10.00 multiplied$103.4 million, offset by the numberJune 2021 Prepayment of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares purchased, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. In connection with these agreements, we also issued to the anchor investors an aggregate of 3,750,000 founder shares for $0.01 per share prior to the consummation of our initial public offering. In connection with the strategic partnership agreement, our sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shares to the BSOF Entities. Subject to certain exceptions to forfeiture, transfer and earnout provisions, the founder shares issued to the anchor investors and held by the BSOF Entities are subject to similar contractual conditions and restrictions as the founder shares issued to our sponsor. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as our public warrants except that one of the anchor investors will receive forward purchase warrants exercisable only for Class C ordinary shares, as described above.


Upon execution of the forward purchase agreements, each anchor investor elected to receive a fixed number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, following the consummation of our initial business combination, the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party.

The forward purchase agreements$20.9 million, and the strategic partnership agreement also provide that the anchor investors$8.2 million Exit Payment.

Contractual Obligations and the BSOF Entities are entitled to (i) a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities (including working capital loans from our founderOther Commitments

We lease production and administrative facilities as well as automobiles, machinery and equipment. We have various contractual obligations and commercial commitments that are convertible into private placement warrants) by us, including for capital raising purposes, or if we offer or seek commitments for any equity or equity-linked securities to backstop any such capital raise, in connection with the closing of our initial business combination (other than the units we are offering by this prospectus and their component public shares and warrants, the founder shares (and Class A ordinary shares and/or Class C ordinary shares for which such founder shares are convertible), the forward purchase shares, forward purchase warrants and the private placement warrants, and any securities issued by usrecorded as consideration to any sellerliabilities in our initial business combination and warrants issued upon the conversion of working capital loans to us made by our founder that are convertible into private placement warrants) and (ii) registration rights with respect to (A) the forwardcondensed consolidated financial statements. Other items, such as purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying the anchor investors’ forward purchase warrants and the anchor investors’ and the BSOF Entities’ founder shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities, including any time after we complete our initial business combination.

The forward purchase agreements provide that prior to signing a definitive agreement with respect to a potential initial business combination, and prior to making any material amendment to such definitive agreement following signing, anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares must approve such potential initial business combination or amendment, as applicable.

In addition, the forward purchase agreements for two of our anchor investors provide each such anchor investor with (i) the right to designate (prior to the consummation of a business combination) and the right to request the designation of (following the consummation of a business combination) one observer to our board of directors and (ii) the right to acquire, at the same price paid by, directly or indirectly, and on the same terms and conditions as, our founder, a number of founder shares equal to its pro rata share, based on its allocation of forward purchase shares, of five percent of the founder shares of any special purpose acquisition company sponsored by our founder for 10 years following the closing of our initial business combination, which we refer to as the new acquisition company. Further, such forward purchase agreements for the same two anchor investors provide such investors with the right to purchase up to an aggregate of  $63,000,000 in equity securities of the new acquisition company substantially similar to the forward purchase securities on the same or more favorable terms as new investors in such equity securities.

The strategic partnership agreement provides that, so long as the Company remains a “blank check company” as such term is defined in Rule 419 under the Securities Act and prior to our initial business combination, the BSOF Entities have the right to designate one observer to our board of directors. In addition, on the date set for the shareholder vote to approve the initial business combination or on the business day immediately prior to the scheduled closing date of the initial business combination, if the BSOF Entities do not hold at least 4,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, the BSOF Entities will forfeit a pro rata number of their founder shares to our sponsor.


Due to Related Parties

Our sponsorobligations and other related parties have loaned us an aggregate amount of $92,844executory contracts, are not recognized as liabilities, but are required to be used for the payment of costs related to the initial public offering. These borrowings are non-interest bearing, unsecureddisclosed.

The table below presents our significant enforceable and due upon the closing of the initial public offering. We had not yet repaid this amountlegally binding obligations and future commitments as of December 31, 2017. All borrowings under the promissory note were repaid on February 7, 2018.2022.

39


Administrative Service Fee

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1-3 Years

 

 

3-5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Lien Term Facility(1)

 

$

395.4

 

 

$

1.5

 

 

$

3.0

 

 

$

390.9

 

 

$

-

 

Operating leases(2)

 

 

18.2

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

5.0

 

Finance leases(2)

 

 

37.7

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

27.1

 

Capital commitments(3)

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other non-current liabilities reflected on the registrant's balance sheet under GAAP(4)

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.2

 

Total

 

$

462.6

 

 

$

18.5

 

 

$

14.3

 

 

$

397.5

 

 

$

32.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of cash obligations under the First Lien Term Facility, which are described in more detail in Note 11, "Long-Term Debt" in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Interest payments on the First Lien Term Facility are calculated quarterly using variable interest rates based on market indices and, as a result, are not readily determinable for this analysis.

 

(2) Includes estimated lease obligations for our new facilities in Shelton, Connecticut and Eygelshoven, The Netherlands. Lease inception occurred in 2021, however, lease commencement is not anticipated until sometime in 2023.

 

(3) Associated with the renovation of our global headquarters in Concord and our new facilities in Shelton, Connecticut and Eygelshoven, The Netherlands.

 

(4) Asset retirement obligation. See Note 18, "Asset Retirement Obligation" in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail.

 

We have agreed, commencing on January 17, 2018 through the earlier of our consummation of a Business Combination and liquidation, to pay an affiliate of our Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, and secretarial and administrative services.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2017, weWe did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as definedof December 31, 2022.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting principles and the methods of applying these principles are in Item 303(a)(4)(ii)accordance with U.S. GAAP, which often require the judgment of Regulation S-K.

Contractual Obligations

management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. We do notconsider the following accounting policies to be critical to understanding our financial statements because the application of these policies requires significant judgment on the part of management, which could have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligationsa material impact on our financial statements. The following accounting policies include estimates that require management’s subjective or long-term liabilities other than an administrative agreement to reimbursecomplex judgments about the Sponsor for office space, secretarialeffects of matters that are inherently uncertain. For information on our significant accounting policies, including the policies discussed below, see Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and administrative services providedSummary of Significant Accounting Policies to the Companyaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in an amount notthis Report.

Revenue Recognition. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized under ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) using a five-step model consisting of the following: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to exceed $10,000 per month. Upon completionthe performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer control of a Business Combinationgood or service to a customer, which can occur over time or at a point in time. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the Company’s liquidation,consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, including the Company will cease paying these monthly fees.

expected value of variable consideration. The underwriters are entitledcustomer’s ability and intent to underwriting discountspay the transaction price is assessed in determining whether a contract exists with the customer. If collectability of substantially all of the consideration in a contract is not probable, consideration received is not recognized as revenue unless the consideration is nonrefundable and commissions of 5.5%, of which 2.0% ($6,000,000) was deferred. The deferred underwriting discount will become payablewe no longer have an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the underwriters fromcustomer or collectability becomes probable.

Our revenue associated with our PPS business contains (i) a non-lease component (the paper consumables) accounted for as revenue under ASC 606 and (ii) a lease component (our PPS systems) accounted for as machine lease revenue under ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). Revenue for paper consumables is recognized based on shipping terms, which is the amounts heldpoint in time the Trust Account solely incustomer obtains control of the event that the Company completes an initial Business Combination, subject topromised goods. Machine lease revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the underwriting agreement.PPS systems agreements with customers, which have durations of less than one year. Revenue for Automation equipment sales is recognized based on an input method of cost and effort incurred.

We sell our products to end-users primarily through an established distributor network and direct sales to select end-users. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from net revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid. Our rebate accruals are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted to reflect data available at that time. We adjust the accruals to reflect any differences between estimated and actual amounts. These adjustments impact the amount of net revenue recognized by us in the period of adjustment. Charges for rebates and other allowances were approximately 10.0% and 7.4% of revenue in 2022 and 2021, respectively. Refer to Note 8, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of revenue.

40


We recognize incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less. For example, we generally expense sales commissions when incurred because the contract term is less than one year. These costs are recorded within sales and marketing expenses.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net. Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over the fair value of the underlying net assets, largely arising from the assembled workforce, new customers and the replacement of customer and technology attrition. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested for impairment annually as of October 1st, through a qualitative or quantitative assessment and when events and circumstances indicate that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit may no longer exceed its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

In determining our reporting units, we consider economic characteristics, nature of services and products, and relative size of components within our operating segments. The underwriterscomponents within our operating segments tend to share assets and other resources within their respective operating segment. Products offered in the components within our operating segments are similar throughout their respective operating segment. Our analysis of these factors provides that our reporting units are consistent with our operating segments.

Identifiable intangible assets consist primarily of patents, customer/distributor relationships, and trademarks. We amortize definite-lived identifiable assets over the shorter of their stated or statutory duration or their estimated useful lives, generally ranging from 10 to 15 years, on a straight-line basis and periodically review them for impairment. Trademarks are accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not entitledsubject to any interest accruedamortization.

We use the acquisition method of accounting for all business combinations and do not amortize goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. We assess, use estimates, and make judgments regarding a variety of factors that may impact the fair value of the goodwill reporting unit or the intangible asset being tested. Such estimates and judgments include business plans, anticipated future cash flows, economic projections, and other market data. These estimates and judgments include, but are not limited to, projected revenues, operating margin, and discount rate. Because there are inherent uncertainties in these estimates and judgments, significant differences between these estimates and actual data may result in future impairment charges and could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Declining market conditions and the decline in our share price triggered interim testing for impairment as of September 1, 2022 (the “2022 Interim Tests”). The test for goodwill used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using a combination of the Discounted Cash Flow Method and the Guideline Public Company Method in order to determine fair value. The test for indefinite-lived intangible assets also used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using the Relief from Royalty Method in order to determine fair value. Upon completion of the 2022 Interim Tests, we concluded that each area was not impaired. However, the test for one of our goodwill reporting units that encompasses our business in Europe indicated that fair value of the reporting unit was close to approximating carrying value. The unobservable inputs that required significant judgment include estimates and assumptions affected by conditions specific to our businesses, economic conditions related to the industries in which we operate, and conditions in the global economy. Changes in these estimates and assumptions, especially considering the volatility in European markets in 2022, may result in an impairment charge for the Europe reporting unit. The assumptions that have the most significant effect on the deferred underwriting discount.fair values of our goodwill reporting units derived using the Discounted Cash Flow Method are (i) the expected long-term growth rate of our reporting units’ cash flows and (i) the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for each reporting unit. A hypothetical decrease in the expected long-term growth rate by approximately 92 basis points would have resulted in a charge in the Europe reporting unit. Separately, a hypothetical increase in the WACC by approximately 74 basis points would have resulted in a charge in the Europe reporting unit. We believe that our estimates and assumptions used in the 2022 Interim Tests are reasonable but are subject to change from period to period. Actual results of operations and other factors may differ from the estimates used and it is possible that differences could be significant. A change in the estimates we use could result in a decline in the estimated fair values derived in the 2022 Interim Tests.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisionsWe then conducted an analysis of market data inputs and risk considerations in the thirty days between the 2022 Interim Tests and our annual testing date on October 1, 2022 (the “2022 Annual Assessment”) and do not believe that among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and undermarket or risk considerations changed materially. Further, we had no substantial changes in our long-term projections between those used in the JOBS Act are allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities and activities relating to the initial public offering2022 Interim Tests and the identification and evaluation of prospective acquisition targets for a business combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues. At December 31, 2017, the net proceeds from our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account were comprised entirely of cash. We invested the funds held in the Trust Account in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest solely in United States Treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of the money market fund’s investments,2022 Annual Assessment. Therefore, we do not believe there were any material changes to the conclusions reached within the 2022 Interim Tests and such conclusions were also appropriate for the 2022 Annual Assessment with no impairment in goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.

41


With our underperformance in the fourth quarter of 2022, we adjusted our projections downward to reflect more recent information. As previously noted, the 2022 Interim Tests provided that one of our goodwill reporting units that encompasses our business in Europe indicated that fair value of the reporting unit was close to approximating carrying value. This fact combined with the adjustment of our projections led us to conduct additional analysis on goodwill impairment, incorporating our adjusted projections as well as market and risk considerations (the “2022 Additional Goodwill Assessment”). The 2022 Additional Goodwill Assessment did not provide any material changes to the conclusions reached within the 2022 Interim Tests or the 2022 Annual Assessment, with no impairment in goodwill. See Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.

If we fail an impairment test, any non-cash impairment charge may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We will continue to monitor events and circumstances for indicators of impairment in our reporting units, indefinite-lived intangible assets, and asset groups.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. We review our long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For these long-lived assets, an impairment loss is indicated when the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset group are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of the asset group. If indicators exist, the loss is measured as the excess of carrying value over the asset groups’ fair value, as determined based on discounted future cash flows, asset appraisals or market values of similar assets.

The determination of asset groups’ undiscounted cash flows requires the use of estimates and judgments. Subsequent changes in undiscounted cash flows and their estimates and judgments could impact the determination of whether impairment exists in the future and whether the effects could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We conducted interim testing of our asset groups in the 2022 Interim Tests. The evaluation of our asset groups used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using an undiscounted cash flow analysis where the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset groups were compared to the carrying value of the asset groups. Upon completion of these tests, we concluded that the carrying values of our asset groups were recoverable and not impaired. As previously noted, we conducted an analysis of the thirty days between the 2022 Interim Tests and the 2022 Annual Assessment and do not believe that market or risk considerations changed materially, nor were there will be an associatedsubstantial changes in our long-term projections between those used in the 2022 Interim Tests and the 2022 Annual Assessment. Therefore, we do not believe there were any material changes to the conclusions reached within the 2022 Interim Tests and such conclusions were also appropriate for the 2022 Annual Assessment with no impairment in our asset groups. See Note 5, “Property, Plant and Equipment, net” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.

Derivative Financial Instruments. We use derivatives as part of the normal business operations to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates associated with variable interest rate risk.debt and adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and to decrease the volatility of cash flows affected by these fluctuations. We have established policies and procedures that govern the risk management of these exposures.

At December 31, 2017, $300,000,000 was heldWe use interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Derivatives are recorded in the Trust AccountConsolidated Balance Sheets at fair value in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. If a derivative is deemed to be ineffective, the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. The changes in the fair values of derivatives not designated as hedges are recognized directly in earnings, as a component of interest expense.

We hedge some of our exposure to foreign currency translation with a cross-currency swap, designated as a net investment hedge. A cross-currency swap involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract without exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The change in fair value of the cross-currency swap is recorded in currency translation in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Components of the cross-currency swap excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into interest expense over the life of the cross-currency swap to its maturity.

See Note 12, “Derivative Instruments,” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the purposesexpected future tax consequences of consummatingevents that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of

42


assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a business combination.change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we complete a business combination within 24 months after the closing ofdetermine that we would be able to realize our initial public offering, fundsdeferred tax assets in the Trust Account will be used to pay for the business combination, redemptionsfuture in excess of Class A ordinary shares, if any, deferred underwriting compensation of $6,000,000 and accrued expenses relatedtheir net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the business combination. Any funds remaining will be made available to us to provide working capital to finance our operations.deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

We have not engaged in any hedging activities since our inception. We do not expect to engage in any hedging activities with respect to the market risk to which we are exposed.


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

ONE MADISON CORPORATION

Index to Financial Statements

Page
Audited Financial Statements of One Madison Corporation:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017F-3
Statement of Operations for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017F-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017F-5
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017F-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of

One Madison Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of One Madison Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Companyrecord uncertain tax positions in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulationsscope of the SecuritiesFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) on the basis of a two-step process in which (i) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and Exchange Commission and(ii) for those tax positions that meet the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit are accordancemore-likely than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the standardsrelated tax authority.

Emerging Growth Company. Section 102(b)(1) of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, New York

March 29, 2018


ONE MADISON CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2017

ASSETS:    
Current asset – cash $1,896 
Deferred offering costs  868,919 
Total Assets $870,815 
     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities    
Accrued formation and offering costs $723,986 
Note payable - sponsor  92,844 
Total liabilities  816,830 
     
Commitments and contingencies    
     
Shareholders’ Equity:    
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding  - 
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding  - 
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 11,250,000 shares issued and outstanding (1)  1,125 
Class C ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding  - 
Additional paid-in capital  61,375 
Accumulated deficit  (8,515)
Total Shareholders’ Equity  53,985 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $870,815 

(1)This number includes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the Sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defined in the Securities Subscription Agreement. 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


ONE MADISON CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017

Formation and operating costs $8,515 
     
Net loss $(8,515)
    
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)  7,157,895 
     
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share $(0.00)

(1)This number excludes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the Sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defined in the Securities Subscription Agreement.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


ONE MADISON CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017

  Class B Ordinary
Shares (1)
  Additional Paid-in  Accumulated  Total
Shareholders’
 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to sponsor at approximately $0.003 per share  7,500,000  $750  $24,250  $-  $25,000 
Issuance of Anchor shares  3,750,000   375   37,125   -   37,500 
Net loss  -   -   -   (8,515)  (8,515)
Balances – December 31, 2017  11,250,000  $1,125  $61,375  $(8,515) $53,985 

(1)This number includes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the Sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defined in the Securities Subscription Agreement.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


ONE MADISON CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(8,515)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities    
Changes in accrued formation and offering costs  (10,886)
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities  (19,401)
     
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds from issuance of Anchor shares  37,500 
Proceeds from sponsor note  86,000 
Payment of offering costs  (127,203)
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities  21,297 
     
Net change in cash  1,896 
     
Cash - Beginning of period  - 
     
Cash - Ending of period $1,896 
     
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities:    
     
Deferred offering costs included in accrued formation and offering costs $734,872 
Payment of formation costs by issuance of sponsor note $6,844 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


One Madison Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1.   DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

One Madison Corporation (the “Company”) is a newly incorporated blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 13, 2017. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company has not yet identified (“Initial Business Combination”). Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating its Initial Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on North American or Western European Consumer Products related businesses with a particular sub-focus on companies in one of the following categories: (i) consumer products or services, (ii) food and beverage and (iii) adjacent manufacturing or industrial services businesses linked to a consumer end-user. The Company is an ’‘emerging growth company,’’ as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the ’’Securities Act,’’ as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the ’‘(“JOBS Act’’Act”).

At December 31, 2017, the exempts an Emerging Growth Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) through December 31, 2017 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (’‘Proposed Offering’’(“EGC”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Offering. The Company has selected December 31st as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed initial public offering of 30,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit (or 34,500,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”) which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Offering”) and the sale of 8,000,000 warrants (or 8,900,000 warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of  $1.00 per warrant in a private placement to the Company’s founder, Omar M. Asali, and the other Anchor Investors (as defined below) that will close simultaneously with the Proposed Offering. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that an amount equal to at least $10.00 per Unit sold in the Proposed Offering, including the proceeds of the Private Placement Warrants, will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below. On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”) generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of its Proposed Offering and Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Company’s Initial Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete an Initial Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act.


The Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of an Initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Initial Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of an Initial Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially approximately $10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 6). These Public Shares will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (’‘FASB’’) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”In such case, the Company will proceed with an Initial Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of an Initial Business Combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by the law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing an Initial Business Combination. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial shareholders (as defined below) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) (subject to restrictions on voting applicable to one of the initial shareholders) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Offering in favor of an Initial Business Combination. In addition, the initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and, with respect to our initial shareholders other than the Anchor Investors (as defined below), Public Shares in connection with the completion of an Initial Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Company’s sponsor, One Madison Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sponsor”) and the Anchor Investors, together with any permitted transferees (collectively, the “initial shareholders”), have agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete an Initial Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.


In connection with the redemption of 100% of the Company’s outstanding Public Shares for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s taxes payable (less taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses).

The initial shareholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial shareholders should acquire Public Shares in or after the Proposed Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Proposed Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, on January 22, 2018, the Company consummated its Public Offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which alleviated any liquidity concerns.

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act of 1933, as amended, registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company hasPreviously, we elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company,we, as an emerging growth company, canEGC, were allowed to adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’sour financial statements with another public company whichthat is neithernot an emerging growth company norEGC or that is an emerging growth companyEGC which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. We ceased to be an EGC on December 31, 2021.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

For recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements, see Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates affect the amount of interest income we earn on cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and the amount of interest expense we pay on borrowings under the floating rate portions of our Facilities. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in the applicable base interest rates under our credit facilities would have resulted in a $9.8 million impact on our cash interest expense for 2022. We use fixed interest rate swap agreements to manage this exposure.

In March 2020, we entered into the Second Amended January 2019 Swap (herein defined), which amended the Amended January 2019 Swap to a lower rate of 2.1% and extend its maturity to June 1, 2024. In July 2020, we entered into the Borrower Assumption Agreement, which details the Reorganization and the assumption of obligations, liabilities and rights under the Facilities. In July 2021, we entered into the Permitted Exit Payment to the Credit Agreement, which, among other things, would introduce additional exceptions to the negative covenant that restricts the ability of the Borrowers and their restricted subsidiaries from paying dividends and distributions or repurchasing capital stock. Refer to Note 11, “Long-Term Debt” and Note 12, “Derivative Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on our indebtedness and interest rate swap agreements.

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. It is expected that most, if not all, banks currently reporting information to set LIBOR will stop doing so at such time, which could either cause LIBOR publication to stop immediately or cause LIBOR’s regulator to announce the discontinuation of its publication (and, during any such transition period, LIBOR may perform differently than in the past).

On November 30, 2020, ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, with the support of the United States Federal Reserve and the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, announced plans to consult on ceasing publication of USD LIBOR on December 31, 2021 for only the one week and two-month USD LIBOR tenors, and on June 30, 2023 for all other USD LIBOR tenors. While this announcement extends the transition period to June 2023, the United States Federal Reserve concurrently issued a statement advising banks to stop new USD LIBOR issuances by the end of 2021.

43


These reforms may also result in new methods of calculating LIBOR to be established, or alternative reference rates to be established. For example, in the U.S., a group convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, called the Alternative Reference Rate Committee (“ARRC”) and comprised of a diverse set of private sector entities, has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred alternative rate for the U.S. LIBOR and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has begun publishing SOFR daily, and central banks in several other jurisdictions have also announced plans for alternative reference rates for other currencies. Our existing indebtedness and interest rate swaps are based on one-month and three-month USD LIBOR tenors, which will transition in June 2023. We are evaluating the impacts of these changes, however, such impacts cannot yet be fully predicted and could have an adverse impact on our interest payment obligations under the Facilities and related interest rate swaps.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to our transactions and subsidiaries’ balances that are denominated in currencies other than USD, our reporting currency. See “Effect of Currency Fluctuations” in Item 7 previously for more information about Ranpak’s foreign currency exchange rate exposure. We seek to naturally hedge our foreign exchange transaction exposure by matching the transaction currencies for our cash inflows and outflows and maintaining access to credit in the principal currencies in which we conduct business. Additionally, we hedge some of our exposure to foreign currency translation with a cross currency swap. Refer to Note 12, “Derivative Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information.

For 2022, net revenue denominated in currencies other than USD amounted to $190.2 million or 58.3% of our net revenue for the period. Substantially all of this amount was denominated in Euro. A 10% increase or decrease in the value of the Euro to USD would have caused our reported net revenue for 2022 to increase or decrease by approximately $19.2 million.

Commodity Price Risk

While our business is significantly impacted by price fluctuations related to the purchase, production and sale of paper products, we are typically not directly exposed to market price fluctuations in paper purchase or sale prices as we historically have negotiated prices with suppliers on an annual basis and negotiate prices with distributors reflecting competitive market terms. Our strategy has generally been to obtain competitive prices for our products and services and allow operating results to reflect market price movements dictated by supply and demand. However, due to global inflation and other macroeconomic factors, including COVID-19 and the conflict in Ukraine, we may be subject to significantly more commodity price volatility than we have historically experienced.

44


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this Report.

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: KPMG LLP – PCAOB ID Number 185

46

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Deloitte & Touche LLP – PCAOB ID Number 34

48

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020

49

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

50

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020

51

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020

52

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

53

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

87

45


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Ranpak Holdings Corp.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ranpak Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 31, 2023 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Fair Value of the Europe Reporting Unit

As discussed in Notes 2 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s Europe reporting unit had a goodwill balance of $107.9 million as of December 31, 2022. Goodwill is tested for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Declining market conditions and the decline in the Company’s share price triggered interim testing for goodwill impairment as of September 1, 2022. The Company used a combination of the discounted cash flow method and the guideline public company method to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. Upon completion of this testing, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired, but the fair value of the Europe reporting unit was close to approximating its carrying value.

We identified the evaluation of the estimated fair value of the Europe reporting unit as a critical audit matter. A high degree of auditor judgment was required in assessing the estimated forecasted revenue growth rates, forecasted cost of sales, and the discount

46


rate used in the discounted cash flow method as part of the estimate of fair value. Changes to these assumptions could have significantly impacted the results of the impairment assessment, which increased the need for subjective auditor judgment in evaluating these assumptions underlying the estimate. Additionally, the audit effort associated with this estimate required specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s forecasted revenue growth rates and forecasted cost of sales by comparing them to historical operating results, customer and industry surveys, presentations, research, and other relevant supporting information. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the discount rate by comparing it to a range of acceptable discount rates independently-developed using economic data and publicly available market data for comparable companies.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

Cleveland, Ohio

March 31, 2023

47


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ranpak Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

February 28, 2022

We began serving as the Company’s auditor in 2015. In 2022, we became the predecessor auditor.

48


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Paper revenue

 

$

261.3

 

 

$

321.4

 

 

$

250.7

 

Machine lease revenue

 

 

50.1

 

 

 

47.7

 

 

 

39.6

 

Other revenue

 

 

15.1

 

 

 

14.8

 

 

 

7.9

 

Net revenue

 

 

326.5

 

 

 

383.9

 

 

 

298.2

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

226.9

 

 

 

235.0

 

 

 

175.6

 

Gross profit

 

 

99.6

 

 

 

148.9

 

 

 

122.6

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

105.5

 

 

 

98.3

 

 

 

72.5

 

Transaction costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.2

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

32.1

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

31.5

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

4.7

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(42.5

)

 

 

12.2

 

 

 

11.7

 

Interest expense

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

30.2

 

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

6.1

 

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

(4.3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(56.7

)

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(24.6

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(15.3

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(1.2

)

Net loss

 

$

(41.4

)

 

$

(2.8

)

 

$

(23.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two-class method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Class A – earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Class C – earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – Class A and C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

81,877,334

 

 

 

78,542,734

 

 

 

72,434,802

 

Diluted

 

 

81,877,334

 

 

 

78,542,734

 

 

 

72,434,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

(10.5

)

 

$

(15.4

)

 

$

16.2

 

Interest rate swap adjustments

 

 

14.1

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

(11.3

)

Cross-currency swap adjustments

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

-

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

(5.8

)

 

 

4.9

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes related to other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

(2.4

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

(8.1

)

 

 

7.3

 

Comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

$

(38.8

)

 

$

(10.9

)

 

$

(16.1

)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

49


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share data)

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

62.8

 

 

$

103.9

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

33.0

 

 

 

43.7

 

Inventories, net

 

 

25.0

 

 

 

32.9

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

2.7

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

16.7

 

 

 

8.3

 

Total current assets

 

 

139.6

 

 

 

191.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

124.0

 

 

 

126.3

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

6.6

 

Goodwill

 

 

446.7

 

 

 

453.0

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

372.1

 

 

 

406.5

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.1

 

Other assets

 

 

44.5

 

 

 

29.4

 

Total assets

 

$

1,133.5

 

 

$

1,213.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

24.3

 

 

$

33.5

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

31.5

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

1.0

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

2.4

 

Deferred machine fee revenue

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

3.1

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

39.1

 

 

 

71.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

391.7

 

 

 

400.4

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

80.8

 

 

 

97.7

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

2.4

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

4.3

 

Other liabilities

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

0.9

 

Total liabilities

 

 

520.7

 

 

 

577.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies – Note 19

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par, 200,000,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorized at December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding: 79,086,372 and 78,482,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Convertible Class C common stock, $0.0001 par, 200,000,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorized at December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding: 2,921,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

at December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

704.3

 

 

 

688.9

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(96.7

)

 

 

(55.3

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

2.6

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

612.8

 

 

 

636.2

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

1,133.5

 

 

$

1,213.4

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

50


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(in millions, except share data)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A

 

 

Class C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

 

Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

64,293,741

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

557.5

 

 

$

(29.1

)

 

$

3.4

 

 

$

531.8

 

Warrant exchange

 

 

4,422,564

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Stock-based awards vested and distributed

 

 

202,723

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issue Director shares

 

 

86,031

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.2

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(23.4

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(23.4

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

7.3

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

69,005,059

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

564.7

 

 

 

(52.5

)

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

522.9

 

May 2021 Equity Offering

 

 

5,250,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

103.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

103.4

 

Stock-based awards vested and distributed

 

 

541,433

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.7

)

Shareholder conversion of Class C to Class A

 

 

3,590,194

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,590,194

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issue Director shares

 

 

95,338

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22.5

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.8

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.8

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8.1

)

 

 

(8.1

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

78,482,024

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,921,099

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

688.9

 

 

 

(55.3

)

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

636.2

 

Stock-based awards vested and distributed

 

 

533,572

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.9

)

Issue Director shares

 

 

70,776

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18.3

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(41.4

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(41.4

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

2.6

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

79,086,372

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

2,921,099

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

704.3

 

 

$

(96.7

)

 

$

5.2

 

 

$

612.8

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

51


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(41.4

)

 

$

(2.8

)

 

$

(23.4

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

69.0

 

 

 

73.6

 

 

 

62.7

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.6

 

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

2.7

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(19.7

)

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

(5.4

)

Amortization of initial value of interest rate swap

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(1.7

)

Currency gain on foreign denominated debt and notes payable

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

6.0

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

 

7.2

 

Amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Unrealized gain on investments in small private businesses

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in receivables, net

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

(6.9

)

 

 

0.9

 

(Increase) decrease in inventory

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

(17.2

)

 

 

(4.6

)

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.9

)

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

 

 

(12.4

)

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

10.3

 

Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities

 

 

(14.4

)

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

11.1

 

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

 

(11.9

)

 

 

(11.6

)

 

 

(2.7

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

54.3

 

 

 

63.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converter equipment

 

 

(31.6

)

 

 

(42.3

)

 

 

(25.8

)

Other capital expenditures

 

 

(13.2

)

 

 

(12.2

)

 

 

(6.5

)

Total capital expenditures

 

 

(44.8

)

 

 

(54.5

)

 

 

(32.3

)

Cash paid for acquisitions and investments in small private businesses

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(14.1

)

 

 

-

 

Assets acquired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.3

)

Cash inflow from settlement of net investment hedges

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Patent and trademark expenditures

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(0.9

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(37.9

)

 

 

(69.8

)

 

 

(34.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from equity offerings, gross

 

 

-

 

 

 

104.0

 

 

 

-

 

Prepayments on term loan

 

 

-

 

 

 

(20.9

)

 

 

-

 

Transaction costs of equity offerings

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

-

 

Principal payments on term loans

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(1.6

)

Payments on finance lease liabilities

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

-

 

Exit Payment

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8.2

)

 

 

-

 

Tax payments for withholdings on stock-based awards distributed

 

 

(2.5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(4.5

)

 

 

72.0

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

1.1

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(41.1

)

 

 

55.4

 

 

 

28.8

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

103.9

 

 

 

48.5

 

 

 

19.7

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

 

$

62.8

 

 

$

103.9

 

 

$

48.5

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

52


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

F-9Note 1 Nature of Operations

We are a leading provider of environmentally sustainable, systems-based, product protection solutions and end-of-line automation solutions for e-commerce and industrial supply chains. Through our proprietary PPS systems and paper consumables, we offer a full suite of protective packaging solutions. Our business is global, with a strong presence in the United States and Europe.

Note 2 Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and with instructions to Form 10-K and Rule 10-01 of the SEC Regulation S-X as they apply to annual financial information.

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and certain immaterial prior year amounts have been reclassified consistent with current year presentation. All amounts are in millions, except share and per share amounts and are approximate due to rounding.

Use of estimates

Estimates The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making These estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible thatinclude, among other items, assessing the estimatecollectability of receivables, asset retirement obligations, the effectuse and recoverability of inventory, the estimation of fair value of financial instruments, the estimation of fair value of acquired assets and liabilities in a condition, situation or setbusiness combination and related purchase price allocation, assumptions used in the calculation of circumstances that existed atincome taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible assets and goodwill and other intangible assets, costs for incentive compensation and accruals for commitments and contingencies. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the dateeffects of any revisions in the consolidated financial statements which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near-term dueperiod we determine any revisions to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actualbe necessary. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.these estimates and such differences could be material.

ConcentrationRevenue Recognition — Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized under ASC 606 using a five-step model consisting of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Companyfollowing: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to concentration of credit risk consistthe performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer control of a cash accountgood or service to a customer, which can occur over time or at a point in time. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay the transaction price is assessed in determining whether a contract exists with the customer. If collectability of substantially all of the consideration in a financial institutioncontract is not probable, consideration received is not recognized as revenue unless the consideration is nonrefundable and we no longer have an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer or collectability becomes probable.

We sell our products to end-users primarily through an established distributor network and direct sales to select end-users. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from net revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid. Our rebate accruals are reviewed at timeseach reporting period and adjusted to reflect data available at that time. We adjust the accruals to reflect any differences between estimated and actual amounts. These adjustments impact the amount of net revenue recognized by us in the period of adjustment. Charges for rebates and other allowances were approximately 10.0%, 7.4%, and 10.9% of revenue in 2022, 2021, and 2020 respectively. Refer to Note 8, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” for further discussion of revenue.

We recognize incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less. For example, we generally expense sales commissions when incurred because the contract term is less than one year. These costs are recorded within SG&A expenses.

Shipping and Handling Costs — Costs incurred for the transfer and delivery of goods to customers are recorded as a component of cost of goods sold. Shipping and handling costs totaled $5.7 million, $8.3 million, and $4.8 million in 2022, 2021, and 2020 respectively.

53


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Advertising Costs — Advertising cost includes cost associated with trade shows. We expense advertising costs as incurred within SG&A expense. Advertising cost totaled $1.1 million, $0.9 million, and $0.7 million in 2022, 2021, and 2020 respectively.

R&D Costs — Typically, we expense R&D costs as incurred, however, we may exceed the Federal depository insurance coveragecapitalize into other assets certain R&D costs that are associated with R&D activities that lead to constructed assets with alternative future uses. Capitalized costs are then amortized into R&D expense. R&D expense and amortization of $250,000. Atcapitalized R&D assets are included within other operating expense, net and collectively totaled $3.6 million, $1.7 million, and $2.3 million in 2022, 2021, and 2020 respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents include securities with original maturities of three months or less and cash in banks. In June 2021, we invested $70.0 million in a money market fund, which is classified as a cash equivalent because of its short-term, highly liquid nature that is readily convertible to cash. Unrealized gains or losses are included in other non-operating expense, net. Unrealized gains were $0.5 million in 2022 and were immaterial in 2021. The balance was approximately $30.5 million and $70.0 million at December 31, 2017, the Company had not experienced losses on this account2022 and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair value of financial instruments

2021, respectively. The fair value of money market funds is considered Level 1 in the Company’sfair value hierarchy because they are securities traded in active markets. Refer to Note 14, “Fair Value Measurement” for further detail.

In May 2021, we completed a public offering of 4.5 million shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, the underwriters completed the exercise of an allotment option to sell an additional 0.8 million shares (the public offering and the allotment option collectively referred to as the “May 2021 Equity Offering”). Cash proceeds received in the May 2021 Equity Offering, net of underwriting fees, commissions, and transaction expenses, were $103.4 million. We used some of the proceeds to invest in a money market fund to generate short-term cash returns. Additionally, we prepaid $20.9 million of principal on the First Lien Dollar Term Facility in the June 2021 Prepayment. Refer to Note 11, “Long-Term Debt” for further detail.

Accounts Receivable — We provide credit in the normal course of business to our customers and do not require collateral. Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts, reflect the net realizable value of receivables and approximate fair value. We maintain an allowance against accounts receivable for the estimated probable losses on uncollectible accounts and sales returns and allowances. The valuation reserve is based upon geographic historical loss experience, current economic conditions within the industries we serve as well as determination of the specific risk related to certain customers. Accounts receivable are charged off against the reserve when, in management’s estimation, further collection efforts would not result in a reasonable likelihood of receipt, or, if later, as proscribed by statutory regulations.

Inventories — Inventories consist of unprocessed and finished paper, as well as materials to produce automation machines. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost for all inventories is determined using a weighted average cost method applied on a consistent basis. An allowance for excess or inactive inventory is recorded based upon an analysis that considers current inventory levels, historical usage patterns, estimates of future sales expectations and salvage value. Refer to Note 4 “Inventories, net” for further detail.

Property, Plant, and Equipment — Property, plant, and equipment, including amounts under finance lease, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Renewals and betterments that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the applicable lease term. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

Estimated

Useful Lives

Buildings and improvements

2 – 20 years

Machinery and equipment

2 – 10 years

Converting machines

2 – 5 years

Computer and office equipment

2 – 10 years

We consider converting machines that are returned for reconditioning to be only temporarily idled for a short period of time before they are returned to productive use, where we will continue to receive the ongoing benefit of the asset. Therefore, depreciation on these converting machines is not paused or ceased. When a converting machine undergoes a significant reconditioning, the useful life is evaluated and extended based on management’s judgement.

Refer to Note 5 “Property, Plant, and Equipment, net” for further detail.

54


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Capitalized Cloud-Based Software Implementation Costs — We are engaged with third party software service providers for cloud computing hosting arrangements for various functions across our business, including our ERP system, human resources information system, and customer relationship management system. In these arrangements, we do not take possession of the software, rather the software resides on the service providers’ hardware and we access it remotely. Costs associated with implementation of cloud-based software are capitalized into other assets, then amortized over seven years into SG&A expenses. The net balance of capitalized cloud-based software implementation costs was $18.3 million at December 31, 2022. Amortization expense of capitalized cloud-based software implementation costs was $2.8 million in 2022. Amounts in 2021 and 2020 were not material.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net — Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over the fair value of the underlying net assets, largely arising from the assembled workforce, new customers and the replacement of customer and technology attrition.

Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested for impairment annually as of October 1st, through a qualitative or quantitative assessment and when events and circumstances indicate that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit may no longer exceed its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

Identifiable intangible assets consist primarily of patents, customer/distributor relationships, trademarks, and other intellectual property. We amortize definite lived identifiable assets over the shorter of their stated or statutory duration or their estimated useful lives, generally ranging from 10 to 15 years, on a straight-line basis and periodically review them for impairment. Trademarks are accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization.

We use the acquisition method of accounting for all business combinations and do not amortize goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. See Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived and Intangible Assets, net” and Note 5, “Property, Plant, and Equipment, net” for further details.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — We review our long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets, an impairment loss is indicated when the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset group are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of the asset group. If indicators exist, the loss is measured as the excess of carrying value over the asset group’s fair value, as determined based on discounted future cash flows, asset appraisals or market values of similar assets. See Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived and Intangible Assets, net” and Note 5, “Property, Plant, and Equipment, net” for further details.

Derivative Financial Instruments — We use derivatives as part of the normal business operations to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates associated with variable interest rate debt and adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and to decrease the volatility of cash flows affected by these fluctuations. We have established policies and procedures that govern the risk management of these exposures.

We use interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Derivatives are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value in accrued liabilities and other and derivative instruments. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. If a derivative is deemed to be ineffective, the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. The changes in the fair values of derivatives not designated as hedges are recognized directly in earnings, as a component of interest expense. Prior to September 25, 2019, we did not apply hedge accounting to our outstanding interest rate swap, and changes in fair value were recorded directly to interest expense.

We hedge some of our exposure to foreign currency translation with a cross-currency swap, designated as a net investment hedge. A cross-currency swap involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract without exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The change in fair value of the cross-currency swap is recorded in currency translation in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Components of the cross-currency swap excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into interest expense over the life of the cross-currency swap to its maturity.

55


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

See Note 12, “Derivative Instruments,” for further details.

Foreign Currency — The nature of business activities involves the management of various financial and market risks, including those related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The functional currency of our operating subsidiaries outside the U.S. is the applicable local currency. For those operations, assets and liabilities which qualifyare translated at period-end exchange rates into Euros, then into USD. Revenues and expenses are translated using average monthly exchange rates into Euros, then into USD.

Commitments, Contingencies, and Litigation — On an ongoing basis, we assess the potential liabilities related to any lawsuits or claims brought against us. While it is typically very difficult to determine the timing and ultimate outcome of these actions, we use our best judgment to determine if it is probable that we will incur an expense related to the settlement or final adjudication of these matters and whether a reasonable estimation of the probable loss, if any, can be made. In assessing probable losses, we make estimates of the amount of insurance recoveries, if any. We accrue a liability when we believe a loss is probable and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Due to the inherent uncertainties related to the eventual outcome of litigation and potential insurance recovery, it is possible that disputed matters may be resolved for amounts materially different from any provisions or disclosures that we have previously made. We expense legal costs as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820,incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation — The Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”) rewards employees and other individuals to perform at their highest level and contribute significantly to the success of the Company. The 2019 Plan is an omnibus plan that may provide these incentives through grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSU” or “RSUs”), performance awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards to employees, directors, or consultants of the Company. At the annual meeting in May 2021, shareholders approved an amendment to the 2019 Plan (the “Amended Plan”) that authorized an additional 9.0 million shares for issuance for future awards.

We record stock-based compensation awards exchanged for employee services at fair value on the date of grant and record the expense for these awards in cost of sales and in SG&A expenses, as applicable, on our Consolidated Statements of Operations over the requisite employee service period. Stock-based compensation expense includes actual forfeitures incurred. For performance-based awards, we reassess at each reporting date whether achievement of the performance condition is probable and accrue compensation expense if and when achievement of the performance condition is probable.

See Note 20,Fair Value MeasurementsStock-Based Compensation” for further information on the 2019 Plan, the Amended Plan, and Disclosures” approximatesstock-based compensation expense.

Employee Benefit Plans — Our U.S. employees participate in a defined contribution plan and health and life insurance plans sponsored by the carrying amounts representedCompany. A subsidiary, Ranpak B.V., participates in a multiemployer benefit plan – Corporate Pension Fund for Cardboard and Flexible Packaging Business (the “B.V. Plan”) – in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily dueNetherlands, which provides retirement benefits to their short-term nature.

Deferred offering costs

The Company complies withall Ranpak B.V. employees. As a participant in the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A--“Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs of $868,919, consist of costs incurredmulti-employer benefit plan, we recognize expense in connection with preparationeach period for the Proposed Offering. These costs, together withrequired contributions to the underwriter discount, will be charged to capital upon completion of the Proposed Offering or charged to operations if the Proposed Offering is not completed.multi-employer benefit plans. See Note 15, “Employee Benefit Plans” for further information about our benefit plans.

Income Taxes — We account for income taxes

The Company follows under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferreddeferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimatedexpected future tax consequences attributable toof events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statements carrying amountsstatement and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measuredby using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in effect for the yearsyear in which those temporarythe differences are expected to be recovered or settled.reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includedincludes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determine that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we will make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce the provision for income taxes.

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (i) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

56


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

See Note 16, “Income Taxes” for further detail.

Leases — We lease automobiles, machinery, equipment, and warehouse and office buildings. We account for these leases in accordance with ASC 842 by recording right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. The right-of-use asset represents our right to use underlying assets for the lease term and the lease liability represents our obligation to make lease payments under the leases. We determine if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception and exercise judgment and apply certain assumptions when determining the discount rate, lease term, and lease payments. ASC 842 requires a lessee to record a lease liability based on the discounted unpaid lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if the rate cannot be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate. Generally, we do not have knowledge of the rate implicit in the lease and, therefore, we use the incremental borrowing rate for a lease. The lease term includes the non-cancelable period of the lease plus any additional periods covered by an option to extend that we are reasonably certain to exercise.

For lease agreements that include lease and non-lease components, we combine lease and non-lease components for all classes of assets. Additionally, we elected to not record on the balance sheet leases with a term of twelve months or less.

Refer to Note 17, “Leases” for further detail.

Additionally, our revenue associated with our PPS business contains (i) a non-lease component (the paper consumables) accounted for as revenue under ASC 606 and (ii) a lease component (our PPS systems) accounted for as machine lease revenue under ASC 842. Machine lease revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the PPS systems agreements with customers, which have durations of less than one year.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) — Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) amounts attributable to foreign currency translation adjustments and the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and cross-currency swap agreement, net of tax, as applicable.

Net Earnings (Loss) per Share — Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that calculates basic and diluted net earnings per common share for each class of common stock separately based on dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. When calculating diluted net earnings per common share, the more dilutive effect of applying either of the following is presented: (a) the two-class method (described above) assuming that the participating security is not exercised or converted, or, (b) the treasury stock method for the participating security. Currently, we do not pay dividends or have any undistributed earnings, therefore, the calculation of diluted earnings per share is the same for either method.

See Note 22, “Earnings (Loss) per Share” for further details.

Emerging Growth Company — Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts an EGC from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act of 1933, as amended, registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. Previously, we elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an EGC, were allowed to adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company that is not an EGC or that is an EGC which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. We ceased to be an EGC on December 31, 2021.

Investments in Small Private Businesses — In the third quarter of 2021, we paid consideration of $9.2 million in exchange for minority ownership interests in Pickle and Creapaper. We do not have power to direct the activities of these businesses and do not have significant economic exposure related to these investments. These investments do not require consolidation in our consolidated financial statements.

In the third quarter of 2022, we invested an additional $2.1 million in Pickle. Further, we adjusted the carrying value of our initial investment in Pickle due to an observable price change for a similar or identical investment, a Level 2 fair value measurement. This resulted in an unrealized gain of $3.9 million, which is recorded in other non-operating expense (income), net in the Consolidated

57


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Financial Statements. The adjusted value of our investment in Pickle, both individually and collectively with Creapaper, continues to be immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information and Non-Cash Investing Activities Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Supplemental cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

20.5

 

 

$

21.7

 

 

$

22.5

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

8.4

 

 

 

3.7

 

Non-cash increase in asset retirement obligation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.7

 

Non-cash investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

 

$

2.4

 

 

$

11.4

 

 

$

-

 

Equipment purchased under capital leases (ASC 840)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.3

 

Capital expenditures in accounts payable

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

2.4

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — We have adopted all applicable accounting standards and did not adopt any new accounting standards by the FASB in 2022.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards — In December 2022, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2022-06, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848 (“ASU 2022-06”), which gives optional guidance to provide relief for reference rate reform, where certain transactions have transitioned or are transitioning away from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to other reference rates. Certain tenors of USD LIBOR are transferring from LIBOR by June 30, 2023, including one-month and three-month USD LIBOR, on which our existing indebtedness and interest rate swap agreements are based. ASU 2022-06 defers the sunset date of ASC Topic 848, Reference Rate Reform (“ASC 848”) from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024 to ensure the relief in ASC 848 covers the period of time during which a significant number of modifications may take place. We are evaluating the effects of ASC 848 on the First Lien Term Dollar Facility and our interest rate swap agreements, as well as the impact on our financial statements and disclosures.

Note 3 Accounts Receivable, netThe components of accounts receivable, net were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

33.7

 

 

$

44.7

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(1.0

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

33.0

 

 

$

43.7

 

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, no customer’s accounts receivable balances exceeded 10.0% of our accounts receivable balance.

Note 4 Inventories, netThe components of inventories, net were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Raw materials

 

$

12.4

 

 

$

19.5

 

Work-in-process

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

1.2

 

Finished goods

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

12.5

 

Total inventories

 

 

25.3

 

 

 

33.2

 

Reserve for obsolescence

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Inventories, net

 

$

25.0

 

 

$

32.9

 

58


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Note 5 Property, Plant and Equipment, netThe components of property, plant and equipment, net were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Land

 

$

4.0

 

 

$

4.1

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

13.3

 

 

 

9.2

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

34.0

 

 

 

22.3

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

12.7

 

Converting machines

 

 

182.8

 

 

 

164.1

 

Total property, plant, and equipment

 

 

245.6

 

 

 

212.4

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(121.6

)

 

 

(86.1

)

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

$

124.0

 

 

$

126.3

 

We did not capitalize any interest in the period presented. Refer to Note 17, “Leases” for further detail on finance leases and their relation to property, plant, and equipment under ASC 842.

We are required to evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of our long-lived asset groups whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of our asset groups may not be recoverable. As previously noted, we conducted testing and analysis of our asset groups in the 2022 Interim Tests. The evaluation of our asset groups used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using an undiscounted cash flow analysis where the undiscounted cash flows expected to be realized.generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset groups were compared to the carrying value of the asset groups. Upon completion of these tests, we concluded that the carrying values of our asset groups were recoverable and not impaired.

Depreciation expense recorded in cost of goods sold and depreciation and amortization expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Depreciation expense included in

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

36.8

 

 

$

38.6

 

 

$

31.1

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

2.9

 

Total depreciation expense

 

$

40.2

 

 

$

44.1

 

 

$

34.0

 

Note 6 – Accrued Liabilities and Other The components of accrued liabilities and other were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Employee compensation

 

$

2.1

 

 

$

1.5

 

Taxes

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

6.9

 

Professional fees

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

4.6

 

Bonus

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

10.1

 

Interest

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.7

 

Interest rate swap liability, current portion

 

 

-

 

 

 

3.8

 

Other

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

2.9

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

$

10.6

 

 

$

31.5

 

Note 7 Segment and Geographic Information

ThereIn accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”), we determined we have two operating segments which are aggregated into one reportable segment, Ranpak. The chief operating decision maker assesses the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on the Company’s consolidated financial information. The aggregation of the two operating segments is based on the Company’s determination that, per ASC 280, the operating segments have similar economic characteristics, and are similar in all of the following areas: the nature of products and services, the nature of production processes, the type or class of customer for their products or services, and the methods used to distribute their products or provide their services. In addition, the operating segments were aggregated for purposes of determining whether segments meet the quantitative threshold for separate reporting.

59


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

We attribute revenue and gross profit to individual countries based on the selling location. Our products are primarily sold from North America and Europe. As previously noted, segment gross profit includes certain depreciation and amortization expenses that are included in cost of goods sold:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

$

134.7

 

 

$

146.9

 

 

$

127.4

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

191.8

 

 

 

237.0

 

 

 

170.8

 

Net revenue

 

 

326.5

 

 

 

383.9

 

 

 

298.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

41.8

 

 

 

53.9

 

 

 

50.7

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

57.8

 

 

 

95.0

 

 

 

71.9

 

Gross profit

 

 

99.6

 

 

 

148.9

 

 

 

122.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses excluded from segment gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

105.5

 

 

 

98.3

 

 

 

72.5

 

Transaction costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.2

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

32.1

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

31.5

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

4.7

 

Interest expense

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

30.2

 

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

6.1

 

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

(4.3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

$

(56.7

)

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(24.6

)

Our customers are not concentrated in any specific geographic region. During 2022, 2021, and 2020, no unrecognized tax benefitscustomers exceeded 10% of net revenue.

The following table presents our long-lived assets by segment and geographic location:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

North America

 

$

65.4

 

 

$

62.1

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

64.6

 

 

 

64.2

 

Total long-lived assets

 

$

130.0

 

 

$

126.3

 

Note 8 Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers

Description of Revenue-Generating Activities. We employ sales, marketing and customer service personnel throughout the world who sell and market our products and services to and/or through a large number of distributors as well as directly to end-users. As discussed in Note 7, “Segment and Geographic Information,” we have two operating segments which are aggregated into one reportable segment, Ranpak.

Identify Contract with the Customer. We sell paper consumables to two types of customers: distributor and direct. For both customer types, the customer is granted the right to use our machine(s) for which we charge an annual or quarterly fixed fee or may waive the fee at management’s discretion. For both arrangement types, (i.e. fixed fee and waived fee), we have determined that there is a multiple element arrangement which contains a lease component (the right to use the machine) and a non-lease component (the paper consumables). The remainder of our revenue is derived from sales of Automation products. In association to the sale of Automation products, we sell extended warranties, preventative maintenance services, spare parts and spare part packages, and consulting services.

In paper consumables sales for both distributor agreements and direct agreements, we have determined the contract to be a combination of the master service agreement (“MSA”) and purchase order (“PO”). The MSA contains general terms and conditions which govern the agreement, including general payment terms. Individual PO’s must be placed underneath the terms of the MSA to order specific paper products which we promise to deliver. The PO contains relevant details of the contract including the type of paper, quantity, unit price, total price, as well as payment terms and estimated delivery date. Under the MSA, multiple PO’s for one customer may be placed at or near the same time. In situations where there are multiple PO’s issued at or near the same time to the same customer, we treat each PO in combination with the MSA as a separate contract for revenue recognition purposes.

60


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

To provide automation solution goods and services, an agreement is documented and agreed to between Ranpak and the customer. This is in the form of a proposal contract for automation machines with separate proposals for related goods and services. Typically, machines have their own proposal, and other related goods and services such as preventative maintenance, and spare parts have a separate proposal with these goods and services all detailed. These written agreements outline the terms and conditions for respective transactions between us and our customers and represent contracts with enforceable rights. For each type of contract, there are various levels of termination provisions that each party has.

We recognize revenue from each Automation product separately, on a contract by contract basis (i.e. by individual machine). We recognize revenue on maintenance contracts and spare parts separately from their Automation products. Each contract represents its own unit of accounting. Because Automation products are highly customized with no alternative use to another party and we have an enforceable right to payment for our costs if the customer breaches the contract, we recognize automation revenue over time. We use an input method, based on cost and effort incurred to recognize automation revenue.

Performance Obligations. Our paper consumables, automation equipment, and maintenance services are determined to be distinct performance obligations. Free on loan and leased equipment is typically identified as a separate lease component in scope of ASC 842.

Transaction Price and Variable Consideration. We have forms of variable consideration present in our contracts with customers, including rebates and other discounts. We estimate variable consideration using either the expected value method or the most likely amount method. We include in the transaction price some or all of an amount of variable consideration estimated to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

For all contracts that contain a form of variable consideration, we estimate at contract inception, and periodically throughout the term of the contract, what volume of goods and/or services the customer will purchase in a given period and determine how much consideration is payable to the customer or how much consideration we would be able to recover from the customer based on the structure of the type of variable consideration. In most cases the variable consideration in contracts with customers results in amounts payable to the customer by the Company. We adjust the contract transaction price based on any changes in estimates each reporting period and perform an inception to date cumulative adjustment to the amount of revenue previously recognized.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid. Our rebate accruals are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted to reflect data available at that time. We adjust the accruals to reflect any differences between estimated and actual amounts. These adjustments of transaction price impact the amount of net revenue recognized by us in the period of adjustment.

We do not adjust consideration in contracts with customers for the effects of a significant financing component if we expect that the period between transfer of a good or service and payment for that good or service will be one year or less. This is expected to be the case for the majority of contracts.

Sales, value-added, and other taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenue.

Allocation of Transaction Price. We determine the standalone selling price for a performance obligation sold on a standalone basis. We often offer rebates to customers in their contracts that are related to the amount of consumables purchased. We believe that this form of variable consideration should only be allocated to consumables because the entire amount of variable consideration relates to the customer’s purchase of and our efforts to provide consumables.

Transfer of Control. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue for paper consumables is recognized based on shipping terms, which is the point in time the customer obtains control of the promised goods. Revenue for Automation equipment sales is recognized based on an input method of cost and effort incurred over time. Maintenance revenue is recognized straight-line on the basis that the level of effort is consistent over the term of the contract. Lease components within contracts with customers are recognized in accordance with ASC 842 on a straight-line basis over the terms of the PPS systems agreements with customers, which have durations of less than one year.

61


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

We allocate the consideration received from customers between the paper consumables and the converting machine based on an estimate of the relative standalone selling price. This allocation is done for presentation purposes and does not represent a significant difference in timing of revenue recognition.

The time between when a performance obligation is satisfied and when billing and payment occur is closely aligned and performance obligations do not extend beyond one year. The transfer of control of our products results in an unconditional right to receive consideration. Accordingly, we do not have any material contract assets as of December 31, 2017. FASB ASC 740 prescribes2022 and 2021.

Deferred revenue represents contractual amounts received from customers that exceed percentage of project completion that is in excess of costs incurred for automation equipment sales, as well as prepayments for machine fees that are amortized over the next quarter. Our enforceable contractual obligations have durations of less than one year and are included in current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During 2022 and 2021, substantially all of the beginning balance of deferred revenue was recognized into revenue. Beginning and ending balances of deferred revenue were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3.1

 

 

$

1.4

 

Ending balance

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

3.1

 

In addition to the disaggregation of revenue between paper, machine lease, and other revenue, we also disaggregate our revenue by segment geography to assist in evaluating the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows that may be impacted by economic factors:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASC 606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

$

111.0

 

 

$

126.7

 

 

$

110.9

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

165.4

 

 

 

209.5

 

 

 

147.7

 

Total paper and other revenue

 

$

276.4

 

 

$

336.2

 

 

$

258.6

 

ASC 842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Machine lease revenue

 

$

50.1

 

 

$

47.7

 

 

$

39.6

 

Net revenue

 

$

326.5

 

 

$

383.9

 

 

$

298.2

 

North America consists of the United States, Canada and Mexico, among others; Europe/Asia consists of European, Asian (including China), Pacific Rim, South American and African countries, among others.

Note 9 Goodwill, Long-Lived and Intangible Assets, net

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Declining market conditions and the decline in our share price triggered the 2022 Interim Tests. The test for goodwill used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using a recognition thresholdcombination of the Discounted Cash Flow Method and a measurement attributethe Guideline Public Company Method in order to determine fair value. The test for indefinite-lived intangible assets also used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using the Relief from Royalty Method in order to determine fair value. Upon completion of these tests, we concluded that each area was not impaired. However, the test for one of our goodwill reporting units that encompasses our business in Europe indicated that fair value of the reporting unit was close to approximating carrying value. We then conducted an analysis of market data inputs and risk considerations in the thirty days between the 2022 Interim Tests and the 2022 Annual Assessment and do not believe that market or risk considerations changed materially. Further, we had no substantial changes in our long-term projections between those used in the 2022 Interim Tests and the 2022 Annual Assessment. Therefore, we do not believe there were any material changes to the conclusions reached within the 2022 Interim Tests and such conclusions were also appropriate for the financial statements recognition2022 Annual Assessment with no impairment in goodwill and measurementindefinite-lived intangible assets.

With our underperformance in the fourth quarter of tax positions taken2022, we adjusted our projections downward to reflect more recent information. As previously noted, the 2022 Interim Tests provided that one of our goodwill reporting units that encompasses our business in Europe indicated that fair value of the reporting unit was close to approximating carrying value. This fact combined with the adjustment of our projections led us to conduct the 2022 Additional Goodwill Assessment on goodwill impairment, incorporating our

62


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

adjusted projections as well as market and risk considerations. The 2022 Additional Goodwill Assessment did not provide any material changes to the conclusions reached within the 2022 Interim Tests or the 2022 Annual Assessment, with no impairment in goodwill.

As part of the Recycold acquisition in December 2021, we acquired €2.9 million (approximately $3.3 million) of goodwill and €0.2 million (approximately $0.2 million) of indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The following table shows our goodwill balances by operating segment that are aggregated into one reportable segment:

 

 

North America

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

338.8

 

 

$

119.6

 

 

$

458.4

 

Acquisitions

 

 

-

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

3.3

 

Currency translation

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8.7

)

 

 

(8.7

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

338.8

 

 

 

114.2

 

 

 

453.0

 

Currency translation

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6.3

)

 

 

(6.3

)

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

$

338.8

 

 

$

107.9

 

 

$

446.7

 

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets, net

Definite-lived or amortizable intangible assets consist of patented and unpatented technology, customer/distributor relationships, and other intellectual property.

As part of the Recycold acquisition in December 2021, we acquired €1.4 million (approximately $1.6 million) of intangible assets, including patents, customer/distributor relationships, and other intellectual property. The estimated useful lives of these assets range from 10 to 15 years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

As previously noted, we conducted testing and analysis of our asset groups in the 2022 Interim Tests. The evaluation of our asset groups used unobservable inputs that required significant judgement and were performed using an undiscounted cash flow analysis where the undiscounted cash flows expected to be takengenerated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset groups were compared to the carrying value of the asset groups. Upon completion of these tests, we concluded that the carrying values of our asset groups were recoverable and not impaired.

The following tables summarize our identifiable intangible assets, net with definite and indefinite useful lives:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net

 

Customer/distributor relationships

 

$

195.5

 

 

$

(46.5

)

 

$

149.0

 

 

$

201.7

 

 

$

(34.6

)

 

$

167.1

 

Patented/unpatented technology

 

 

171.6

 

 

 

(55.0

)

 

 

116.6

 

 

 

171.9

 

 

 

(39.4

)

 

 

132.5

 

Intellectual property

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

0.5

 

Total definite-lived intangible assets

 

 

367.6

 

 

 

(101.7

)

 

 

265.9

 

 

 

374.2

 

 

 

(74.1

)

 

 

300.1

 

Trademarks/tradenames with indefinite lives

 

 

106.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

106.2

 

 

 

106.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

106.4

 

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

$

473.8

 

 

$

(101.7

)

 

$

372.1

 

 

$

480.6

 

 

$

(74.1

)

 

$

406.5

 

The following table shows the remaining estimated amortization expense for our definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2022:

Year

 

Amount

 

2023

 

$

29.0

 

2024

 

 

28.9

 

2025

 

 

28.4

 

2026

 

 

28.1

 

2027

 

 

27.9

 

Thereafter

 

 

123.6

 

 

 

$

265.9

 

63


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Amortization expense was $28.8 million, $29.5 million, and $28.7 million in 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

The following table shows the remaining weighted-average useful life of our definite lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2022:

Remaining Weighted-Average Useful Life

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Customer/distributor relationships

11 years

12 years

Patented/unpatented technology

8 years

9 years

Intellectual property

7 years

7 years

Total identifiable assets, net with definite lives

10 years

11 years

Note 10 Acquisition

Recycold — In December 2021, we acquired Recycold. We accounted for the Recycold transaction under ASC 805, however, all amounts associated with this transaction are not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Note 11 Long-Term Debt

In connection with Ranpak’s business combination with One Madison Corporation, Holdings, the U.S. Borrower, and the Dutch Borrower entered into the Facilities. The First Lien Term Facility matures in 2026 and the Revolving Facility matures in 2024. In December 2019, we prepaid approximately $107.7 million on the First Lien Dollar Term Facility. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, no amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Facility.

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

$

250.0

 

 

$

250.0

 

First Lien Euro Term Facility

 

 

145.4

 

 

 

155.0

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

Deferred financing costs, net

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

(5.1

)

Total debt

 

 

393.0

 

 

 

401.4

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.4

)

Less: current portion of finance lease liabilities

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(0.6

)

Long-term debt

 

$

391.7

 

 

$

400.4

 

Maturities of the First Lien Term Facility at December 31, 2022 are as follows:

Year Ended

 

Amount

 

2023

 

$

1.5

 

2024

 

 

1.5

 

2025

 

 

1.5

 

2026

 

 

390.9

 

2027

 

 

-

 

Thereafter

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$

395.4

 

64


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Borrowings under the Facilities, at the Borrowers’ option, bear interest at either (i) an adjusted eurocurrency rate or (ii) a base rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is 3.75% with respect to eurocurrency borrowings and 2.75% with respect to base rate borrowings as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, (in each case, assuming a first lien net leverage ratio of less than 5.00:1.00), subject to a leverage-based step-up to an applicable margin equal to 4.00% for eurocurrency borrowings 3.00% with respect to base rate borrowings. The interest rate for the First Lien Dollar Term Facility as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was 7.88% and 3.85%, respectively. The interest rate for the First Lien Euro Term Facility as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was 5.25% and 3.95%, respectively.

The Revolving Facility includes borrowing capacity available for standby letters of credit of up to $5.0 million. Any issuance of letters of credit will reduce the amount available under the Revolving Facility. As of December 31, 2022, we had $2.4 million committed to outstanding letters of credit, leaving net availability under the Revolving Facility at $42.6 million.

The Facilities will provide the Borrowers with the option to increase commitments under the Facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $95.0 million and 100% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the definitive documentation with respect to the Facilities) for the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, plus any voluntary prepayments of the First Lien Term Facility (and, in the case of the Revolving Facility, to the extent such voluntary prepayments are accompanied by permanent commitment reductions under the Revolving Facility), plus unlimited amounts subject to the relevant net leverage ratio tests and certain other conditions.

The obligations of the Borrowers under the Facilities and certain of their obligations under hedging arrangements and cash management arrangements are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings, the U.S. Guarantors and, solely with respect to the obligations of the Dutch Borrower or any Dutch Guarantor, the Dutch Guarantors, in each case, other than certain excluded subsidiaries. The Facilities are secured by (i) a first priority pledge of the equity interests of the Borrowers and of each direct, wholly-owned restricted subsidiary of any Borrower or any Guarantor and (ii) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors (in each case, subject to customary exceptions), provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, obligations of the U.S. Borrower and U.S. Guarantors under the Facilities were not secured by assets of the Dutch Borrower or any Dutch Guarantor.

The Facilities impose restrictions that require the Company to comply with or maintain certain financial tests and ratios. Such agreements restrict our ability to, among other things: (i) declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, including with respect to Class A common stock; (ii) prepay, redeem or purchase other debt; (iii) incur liens; (iv) make loans, guarantees, acquisitions and other investments; (v) incur additional indebtedness; (vi) engage in sale and leaseback transactions; (vii) amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements; (viii) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales; (ix) engage in transactions with affiliates; and (x) enter into arrangements that would prohibit us from granting liens or restrict our ability to pay dividends, make loans or transfer assets among our subsidiaries. In addition, the Facilities require the Company to make mandatory prepayments of term loans upon the occurrence of certain events, consisting of (i) an annual excess cash flow sweep of 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the First Lien Term Facility agreement) with step-downs to 25% if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00 and 0% if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00:1.00, subject to certain deductions; (ii) the receipt of certain insurance/condemnation proceeds or net proceeds from certain asset sales and sale-leasebacks, subject to step-downs based on the company’s first lien leverage ratio; provided that in lieu of a prepayment the Company may instead reinvest such proceeds specified assets subject to certain conditions, and (iii) the incurrence or issuance of non-permitted debt, following which the Company must pay 100% of specified net proceeds received in connection therewith. We were in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2022. No mandatory prepayments are required as of December 31, 2022.

On February 14, 2020, Ranger Packaging LLC, as the initial U.S. borrower, the Dutch Borrower, Holdings, certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, certain lenders party to Amendment No. 1 and the Administrative Agent entered into the Amendment No. 1.

65


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Among other things, the Amendment No. 1 amends the Facilities such that (x) the requirement of the Borrowers to apply a percentage of excess cash flow to mandatorily prepay term loans under the Facilities commences with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 (instead of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020) and (y) the aggregate amount per fiscal year of capital stock of any parent company of the U.S. Borrower that is held by directors, officers, management, employees, independent contractors or consultants of the U.S. Borrower (or any parent company or subsidiary thereof) that the U.S. Borrower may repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value has been increased to the greater of $10.0 million and 10% of Consolidated AEBITDA (as defined in the Facilities) (increased from the greater of $7.0 million and 7% of Consolidated AEBITDA) as of the last day of the most recently ended quarter for which financial statements have been delivered.

On July 1, 2020, contemporaneously with the Reorganization, Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak Corp., Ranger Pledgor LLC, certain other subsidiaries of Ranger Pledgor LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC entered into the Borrower Assumption Agreement whereby, among other things, Ranpak Corp. assumed all obligations, liabilities and rights of Ranger Packaging LLC as the U.S. Borrower under the Facilities.

Under the First Lien Term Facility agreement, our lower leverage ratio at December 31, 2020 required us to pay our lenders the $8.2 million Exit Payment, which was paid in the first quarter of 2021. This amount is included in interest expense, net in 2020.

Additionally, as a result of making the Exit Payment to our lenders, we became eligible to enter into the Permitted Exit Payment Amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the Credit Agreement which, among other things, would introduce additional exceptions to the negative covenant that restricts the ability of the Borrowers and their restricted subsidiaries from paying dividends and distributions or repurchasing capital stock. On July 28, 2021, the Permitted Exit Payment Amendment to the Credit Agreement became effective.

Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in connection with the issuance or amendment of our debt agreements. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt and recognized as a component of interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Deferred financing costs related to our First Lien Term Facility are included in long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred financing costs related to our Revolving Facility are included in other assets. The following table presents deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Deferred financing costs

 

$

12.7

 

 

$

12.7

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(8.3

)

 

 

(6.8

)

Deferred financing costs, net

 

$

4.4

 

 

$

5.9

 

As a result of the June 2021 Prepayment, we accelerated the amortization of approximately $0.3 million of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in 2021.

Note 12 Derivative Instruments

We use derivatives as part of the normal business operations to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates associated with variable interest rate debt and fluctuations in foreign currency translation associated with our global business presence. These derivatives can help decrease the volatility of cash flows affected by changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

On January 31, 2019, the Company entered into a business combination contingent interest rate swap in a tax return. Fornotional amount of $200.0 million (the “January 2019 Swap”) to hedge part of the floating interest rate exposure under the First Lien Dollar Term Facility. The January 2019 Swap became effective on June 3, 2019 and will terminate on June 3, 2022. The January 2019 Swap economically converts a portion of the variable rate debt to fixed rate debt. The Company receives floating interest payments monthly based on one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 2.56% to the counterparty. Prior to September 25, 2019, the Company did not apply hedge accounting to the January 2019 Swap. Changes in fair value were recorded to interest expense.

On September 25, 2019, the Company amended the January 2019 Swap to extend its term to mature on June 1, 2023 and lower the rate to 2.31% (the “Amended January 2019 Swap”). We concurrently entered into an incremental $50.0 million notional swap at 1.5% and maturing on June 1, 2023 (the “September 2019 Swap”).

Additionally, on September 25, 2019, we designated as cash flow hedges the Amended January 2019 Swap and the September 2019 Swap and applied hedge accounting. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from

66


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. Changes in fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

On March 27, 2020, we entered into an interest rate swap that amended the Amended January 2019 Swap to a lower rate of 2.1% and extended the maturity to June 1, 2024 (the “Second Amended January 2019 Swap”). We designated the Second Amended January 2019 Swap as a cash flow hedge and applied hedge accounting.

A summary of our interest rate swaps is as follows:

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

 

Designation

 

Maturity Date

 

Rate

 

Notional Value

 

 

Debt Instrument Hedged

 

Percentage of Debt Instrument Outstanding

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2023

 

1.50%

 

$

50.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

20%

Second Amended January 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2024

 

2.09%

 

 

200.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

250.0

 

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2023

 

1.50%

 

$

50.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

20%

Second Amended January 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2024

 

2.09%

 

 

200.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

250.0

 

 

 

 

100%

The Second Amended January 2019 Swap contains an insignificant financing element that is amortized over the term of the hedging relationship.

As of December 31, 2022, we anticipate having to reclassify $6.3 million from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next twelve months to offset the variability of the hedged items during this period.

On September 1, 2021, we entered into a cross-currency swap (the “September 2021 Swap”) to protect our net investment in a European subsidiary and hedge against the risk of adverse changes in the exchange rate of the Euro and USD. On September 1, 2021, we designated the September 2021 Swap as a net investment hedge. The September 2021 Swap involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract without exchange of the underlying notional amounts. At a spot exchange rate of 1.1835, we converted notional amounts of approximately $80.0 million at 5.84% for €67.6 million at 5.02%. The change in fair value of the September 2021 Swap is recorded in currency translation in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Components of the September 2021 Swap excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into interest expense over the life of the September 2021 Swap to maturity on June 1, 2024.

In February 2022, we terminated the September 2021 Swap. The resulting cash inflow of approximately $2.1 million is recorded within other comprehensive income. We simultaneously entered into another cross-currency swap (the “February 2022 Swap”) and designated it as a net investment hedge. The February 2022 Swap involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract without exchange of the underlying notional amounts. At a spot exchange rate of 1.1345, we converted notional amounts of approximately $80.0 million at 5.84% for €70.5 million at 4.37%. The change in fair value of the February 2022 Swap is recorded in currency translation in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income. Components of the February 2022 Swap excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income and into interest expense over the life of the February 2022 Swap to maturity on June 1, 2024.

In April 2022, we terminated the February 2022 Swap, resulting in a cash inflow of approximately $2.8 million, which is recorded within other comprehensive income. We simultaneously entered into another cross-currency swap (the “April 2022 Swap”) and designated it as a net investment hedge. The April 2022 Swap involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract without exchange of the underlying notional amounts. At a spot exchange rate of 1.0827, we converted notional amounts of approximately $80.0 million at 5.84% for €73.9 million at 3.93%. The change in fair value of the April 2022 Swap is recorded in currency translation in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income. Components of the April 2022 Swap excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income and into interest expense over the life of the April 2022 Swap to maturity on June 1, 2024. In July 2022, we terminated the April 2022 Swap, resulting in a cash inflow of approximately $5.1 million, which is recorded within other comprehensive income.

67


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

In November 2022, we entered into a cross currency swap (the “November 2022 Swap”) and designated it as a net investment hedge. The November 2022 Swap involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract without exchange of the underlying notional amounts. At a spot exchange rate of 1.0205, we converted notional amounts of approximately $80.0 million at 5.84% for €78.4 million at 3.95%. The change in fair value of the November 2022 Swap is recorded in currency translation in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Components of the November 2022 Swap excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into interest expense over the life of the November 2022 Swap to maturity on June 1, 2024.

The following table summarizes the total fair value of derivative assets and liabilities and the respective classification in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The net amount of derivatives can be reconciled to the tabular disclosure of fair value in Note 14, “Fair Value Measurement”:

 

 

 

 

Assets (Liabilities)

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Designated as cash flow hedges

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

$

-

 

 

$

(3.8

)

Designated as cash flow hedges

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.4

)

Designated as cash flow hedges

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

-

 

Designated as cash flow hedges

 

Other assets

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

(6.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross-Currency Swap Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Designated as net investment hedge

 

Other assets

 

$

-

 

 

$

2.3

 

Designated as net investment hedge

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

(3.7

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

$

(3.7

)

 

$

2.3

 

The following table presents the effect of our derivative financial instruments on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The income effects of our derivative activities are reflected in interest expense:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Total interest expense presented in the statement of operations

 

$

20.7

 

 

$

22.4

 

 

$

30.2

 

Interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

2.2

 

Cross-currency swap agreement designated as net investment hedge, amounts excluded from effectiveness testing

 

$

(1.2

)

 

$

(0.3

)

 

$

-

 

The activity of our derivative financial instruments is reflected in cash flows from operating activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The cash inflow of $10.0 million from the settlements of net investment hedges in 2022 in reflected in cash flows from investing activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Note 13 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is a separate line within the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity that presents our other comprehensive income (loss) that has not been reported as part of net income (loss). The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Gross Balance

 

 

Tax Effect

 

 

Net Balance

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

(8.0

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

(8.0

)

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

11.0

 

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

8.6

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

(3.0

)

Realized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

7.6

 

Total

 

$

9.1

 

 

$

(3.9

)

 

$

5.2

 

68


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Gross Balance

 

 

Tax Effect

 

 

Net Balance

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

2.5

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

2.5

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

(3.2

)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(2.2

)

Unrealized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

2.3

 

Total

 

$

2.2

 

 

$

0.4

 

 

$

2.6

 

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for 2022 and 2021:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

Realized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

Total

 

Beginning balance

 

$

2.5

 

 

$

(2.2

)

 

$

2.3

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

2.6

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

(5.6

)

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

5.5

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3.2

)

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.9

)

Ending balance

 

$

(8.0

)

 

$

8.6

 

 

$

(3.0

)

 

$

7.6

 

 

$

5.2

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

Realized gain (loss) on cross-currency swap

 

 

Total

 

Beginning balance

 

$

17.9

 

 

$

(7.2

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

10.7

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(15.4

)

 

 

11.2

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2.2

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(5.9

)

Ending balance

 

$

2.5

 

 

$

(2.2

)

 

$

2.3

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

2.6

 

The following tables present the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 2022, 2021, and 2020:

69


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Reclassification

 

 

Affected line item on statement

Change in fair value of derivative swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

(0.1

)

 

Interest expense, net

Interest rate swap agreements – tax effect

 

 

3.3

 

 

Income tax expense

Cross-currency swap agreement

 

 

(1.2

)

 

Interest expense, net

Cross-currency swap agreement – tax effect

 

 

0.9

 

 

Income tax expense

Total reclassifications

 

$

2.9

 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Reclassification

 

 

Affected line item on statement

Change in fair value of derivative swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

3.9

 

 

Interest expense, net

Interest rate swap agreements – tax effect

 

 

2.3

 

 

Income tax expense

Cross-currency swap agreement

 

 

(0.3

)

 

Interest expense, net

Cross-currency swap agreement – tax effect

 

 

-

 

 

Income tax expense

Total reclassifications

 

$

5.9

 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Reclassification

 

 

Affected line item on statement

Change in fair value of derivative swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

2.5

 

 

Interest expense, net

Tax effect

 

 

(2.4

)

 

Income tax benefit

Total reclassifications

 

$

0.1

 

 

Net of tax

Note 14 Fair Value Measurement

Financial instruments are required to be categorized within a valuation hierarchy based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured and classified in accordance with a three-tier fair value hierarchy based on the observability of the inputs available in the market used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 — Inputs that are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be derived from observable market data.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents (primarily consisting of bank deposits and a money market fund), accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

The following table provides the carrying amounts, estimated fair values and the respective fair value measurements of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market fund

 

$

30.5

 

 

$

30.5

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Current and long-term debt

 

 

396.9

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

388.7

 

 

 

-

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

-

 

Cross-currency swap agreement

 

$

3.7

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

3.7

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market fund

 

$

70.0

 

 

$

70.0

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Current and long-term debt

 

 

406.5

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

406.5

 

 

 

-

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

-

 

Cross-currency swap agreement

 

$

2.3

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

2.3

 

 

$

-

 

70


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

The valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurements categorized within Level 1 include quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available. Accordingly, the money market fund is considered a Level 1 measurement and its carrying value approximates value fair due to the short-term nature of the investment.

The valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurements categorized within Level 2 include quoted comparable prices from market inputs. Generally, these fair value measures are model-based valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows or option pricing models using our own estimates and assumptions or those expected to be used by market participants. We determine our valuation policies and procedures and analyze changes in fair value measurements from period to period by using an industry standard market approach, in which prices and other relevant information are generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. No financial instruments were measured using unobservable inputs.

The fair value of outstanding long-term debt is based on prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable debt instruments, which represents a Level 2 measurement. Derivative positions are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as they are valued using quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets. The interest rate swaps are valued utilizing an income approach, which discounts future cash flow based upon current market expectations and adjustments for credit risk, each of which are considered Level 2 inputs. The cross-currency swap is valued utilizing forward and spot prices for currencies and LIBOR forward curves, which are considered Level 2 inputs.

Note 15 Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan. We maintain a 401(k) defined contribution savings and retirement plan (the “Plan”) for substantially all of our U.S. employees. Subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations, an employee may elect to contribute an amount up to 25% of compensation during each plan year. The Plan provides for matching contributions of 50% of each employee’s voluntary contributions up to a maximum matching contribution of 3% of the employee’s compensation. The Plan also permits unmatched employee after-tax contributions subject to certain limitations. Total employer contributions made under the Plan were approximately $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million for 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Multiemployer Benefit Plan. We maintain and participate in multiemployer benefit plans in various European countries. The largest of these is the B.V. Plan in the Netherlands, which provides retirement benefits to be recognized,Ranpak B.V. employees. In accordance with the collective labor agreements and Dutch laws, employee and employer contributions are paid to a tax position must be more-likely-than-notthird-party retirement fund administrator. Per Dutch laws, the retirement plans are required to be sustained uponfully funded. Employer contributions into these various European multiemployer plans were approximately $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $4.1 million for 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Note 16 Income Taxes

The components of earnings and loss before income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Domestic

 

$

(40.0

)

 

$

(8.6

)

 

$

(26.8

)

Foreign

 

 

(16.7

)

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

2.2

 

Total

 

$

(56.7

)

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(24.6

)

The components of our income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

71


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

2.1

 

 

$

(0.5

)

State

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

0.3

 

Foreign

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

4.0

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

3.8

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

(3.8

)

State

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.9

)

Foreign

 

 

(7.9

)

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

0.7

 

Total deferred tax benefit

 

 

(19.7

)

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

(5.0

)

Total income tax benefit

 

$

(15.3

)

 

$

(2.1

)

 

$

(1.2

)

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the reported income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Income tax benefit at statutory rate

 

$

(11.9

)

 

$

(1.0

)

 

$

(5.2

)

U.S. state income taxes

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(1.7

)

Tax related to foreign activities

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.4

 

U.S. federal tax credits

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.4

)

Return to provision adjustments

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

0.5

 

Remeasurement of deferred taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

3.8

 

Stock-based compensation windfall

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

-

 

Global intangible low-taxed income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.3

 

Non-deductible compensation

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

-

 

Foreign-derived intangible income deduction

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Uncertain tax positions

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

-

 

Other, net

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

Income tax benefit

 

$

(15.3

)

 

$

(2.1

)

 

$

(1.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

27.3

%

 

 

42.7

%

 

 

6.2

%

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized foreign currency exchange

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.3

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

8.4

 

 

 

5.4

 

Net operating losses and credits

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

1.3

 

Non-deductible interest carryforward

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

6.0

 

Other

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

1.0

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

22.2

 

 

 

14.0

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(0.9

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

21.1

 

 

 

13.1

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

(7.1

)

 

 

(10.9

)

Amortization

 

 

(90.7

)

 

 

(100.1

)

Derivative instruments

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

-

 

Unrealized foreign currency exchange

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

-

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(101.5

)

 

 

(111.0

)

Deferred tax liabilities, net before unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

(80.4

)

 

 

(97.9

)

Deferred tax impact of unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net after unrecognized tax benefits

 

$

(80.2

)

 

$

(97.7

)

72


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. Negative evidence includes, but is not limited to, cumulative losses in recent years; a history of operating loss or tax credit carryforwards expiring unused; losses expected in early future years; unsettled circumstances; profit levels on a continuing basis in future years; and carryback or carryforward periods that would limit realization of tax benefits. Positive evidence includes, but is not limited to, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences; future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; taxable income in prior year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law; and tax-planning strategies.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, in federal net operating loss carryforwards that expire in 2033 through 2039; $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of tax benefits related to state net operating loss carryforwards, which expire in 2023 through 2038; and $6.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of foreign net operating loss carryforwards, a portion of which expire in 2026 through 2027, with the remainder subject to an indefinite carryforward period. Management does not believe it is more likely than not that a portion of the foreign net operating losses will be utilized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance at December 31, 2022 and 2021 of $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, which was recorded through income tax expense.

In the U.S., IRC Section 382 imposes a limitation on the utilization of net operating losses (“NOL”), credit carryforwards, built-in losses, and built-in deductions after an ownership change. We experienced an ownership change within the meaning of IRC Section 382 as a result of Ranpak’s business combination with One Madison Corporation. We performed a calculation of this limitation and determined the carryforwards will not be restricted or limited.

We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2022 to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon. As of December 31, 2022, the amount of undistributed earnings and profits associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $62.1 million. We do not anticipate the need to repatriate funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business.

We are subject to taxation in the United States (federal, state, local) and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2022, tax years 2019 through 2022 are subject to examination by taxingthe tax authorities.

The Company recognizescomponents of our unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Unrecognized income tax benefits at the beginning of the period

 

$

1.8

 

 

$

2.9

 

 

$

1.4

 

Increases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

-

 

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

-

 

Increases related to current year tax positions

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.4

 

Foreign currency impact

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.1

 

Unrecognized income tax benefits at the end of the period

 

$

1.9

 

 

$

1.8

 

 

$

2.9

 

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had unrecognized income tax benefits of $1.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, that would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had accrued interest and penalties of $0.4 million. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits asin income tax expense. No amounts were accrued forexpense (benefit) in the paymentConsolidated Statements of Operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included in accrued liabilities and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Pursuant to ASC 740, as of each balance sheet date, we assess our uncertain tax positions to determine whether factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act includes several significant business tax provisions that, among other things, would eliminate the taxable income limit for certain NOLs and allow businesses and individuals to carry back NOLs arising in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to the five prior tax years; suspend the excess business loss rules under section 461(l); accelerate refunds of previously generated corporate AMT credits; generally loosen the business interest limitation under section 163(j) from 30 percent to 50 percent (special partnership rules apply); and fix the “retail glitch” for qualified improvement property in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) (TCJA, Public Law 115-97). ASC 740 requires that the tax effects of changes in tax laws or rates be recorded discretely as a component of the income tax provision related to

73


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

continuing operations in the period of enactment. We recorded any applicable impact from the CARES Act in the first quarter of 2020.

Note 17 — Leases

We lease automobiles, machinery, equipment, warehouses, and office buildings. We account for these leases in accordance with ASC 842 by recording right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. The right-of-use asset represents our right to use underlying assets for the lease term and the lease liability represents our obligation to make lease payments under the leases. We determine if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception and exercise judgment and apply certain assumptions when determining the discount rate, lease term, and lease payments. ASC 842 requires a lessee to record a lease liability based on the discounted unpaid lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if the rate cannot be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate. Generally, we do not have knowledge of the rate implicit in the lease and, therefore, we use the incremental borrowing rate for a lease. The lease term includes the non-cancelable period of the lease plus any additional periods covered by an option to extend that we are reasonably certain to exercise.

Operating leases and finance leases are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 

 

Classification

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Lease assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

Assets

 

$

6.0

 

 

$

6.6

 

Finance lease right of use assets, net

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

1.5

 

Total lease assets

 

 

 

$

7.4

 

 

$

8.1

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

Current liabilities

 

$

2.0

 

 

$

2.4

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

4.3

 

Finance lease liabilities, current

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.6

 

Finance lease liabilities, non-current

 

Long-term debt

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.9

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

7.5

 

 

$

8.2

 

The components of lease costs, which are included in income (loss) from operations in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease costs

 

$

3.2

 

 

$

2.8

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

Total operating lease costs

 

$

3.4

 

 

$

3.1

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use asset

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.6

 

Interest on finance lease liabilities

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

Total finance lease costs

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

0.7

 

Under ASC 840, rental expense was $2.1 million in 2020.

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2017. The Company2022 are as follows:

74


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Operating

 

 

Finance

 

 

Total

 

2023

 

$

2.2

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

3.0

 

2024

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

2.3

 

2025

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

1.8

 

2026

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.8

 

2027

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.2

 

2028 and Thereafter

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total lease payments

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

8.1

 

Less lease interest

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.6

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

6.0

 

 

$

1.5

 

 

$

7.5

 

Additional information related to leases is currently not awarepresented as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

December 31, 2021

Operating leases

 

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term

 

3.3 years

 

3.5 years

Weighted average discount rate

 

5.4%

 

3.8%

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term

 

2.5 years

 

3.0 years

Weighted average discount rate

 

3.4%

 

3.3%

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

3.0

 

 

$

2.7

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.7

 

Total cash paid

 

$

3.9

 

 

$

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

$

1.8

 

 

$

9.2

 

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

2.2

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

 

$

2.4

 

 

$

11.4

 

As previously noted, our machine lease revenue is accounted for under ASC 842 and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of any issues under review that couldthe PPS systems agreements with customers, which have durations of less than one year. Refer to Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for further detail.

Note 18 Asset Retirement Obligation

Asset retirement obligations as a result of required land remediation or reclamation activities are recorded in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company has been subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accretion expense is immaterial. Changes in the asset retirement obligation during 2022 and 2021 was as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Beginning balance

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

0.7

 

Accretion

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Currency adjustments

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

Ending balance

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.7

 

Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies


Net loss per shareLitigation

Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of ordinary shares to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. Weighted average shares was reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 1,125,000 ordinary shares thatWe are subject to forfeiture iflegal proceedings and claims that arise in the over-allotment optionordinary course of our business. Management evaluates each claim and provides for potential loss when the claim is not exercised by the underwriters. In addition, weighted average shares was reduced for theprobable to be paid and reasonably estimable. While adverse decisions in certain of these litigation matters, claims and administrative proceedings could have a material effect on a particular period’s results of an aggregate of 2,250,000 ordinary shares (or 2,587,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) that are subject to forfeitureoperations, subject to the satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defineduncertainties inherent in the Securities Subscription Agreement. These shares subject to earnout conditions consist of 157,500 shares initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 shares initially held by the Sponsor. At December 31, 2017, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary shareestimating future costs for the period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company’scontingent liabilities, management does not believebelieves that any recently issued, butfuture accruals with respect to these currently known contingencies would not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the financial condition,

75


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

liquidity or cash flows of the Company. There are no amounts required to be reflected in these consolidated financial statements related to contingencies for 2022 and 2021.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to extensive and changing U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as the laws of other countries that establish health and environmental quality standards. These standards, among others, relate to air and water pollutants and the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. We are exposed to potential liability for personal injury or property damage caused by any release, spill, exposure or other accident involving such pollutants, substances or wastes. There are no amounts required to be reflected in these consolidated financial statements related to environmental contingencies.

Management believes the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with environmental laws and regulations and maintains insurance coverage to mitigate exposure to environmental liabilities. Management does not believe any environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, financial statements.position or cash flows.

Guarantees

NOTE 3.   PROPOSED OFFERINGWe issue bank guarantees from time to time for various purposes that arise out of the normal course of business. These amounts are immaterial for all periods presented.

Capital Commitments

PursuantAs of December 31, 2022, capital commitments relating to property, plant, and equipment amount to $10.5 million. This amount is associated with the renovation of our global headquarters in Concord and our new facilities in Shelton, Connecticut and Eygelshoven, The Netherlands. We anticipate fulfilling these capital commitments in 2023.

Note 20 Stock-Based Compensation

We expense the fair value of grants of various stock-based compensation programs over the vesting period of the awards. Stock compensation expense is recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Awards granted are recognized as compensation expense based on the grant date fair value, estimated in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The grant date fair value is the closing price of our stock on the grant date. Failure to satisfy the threshold service or performance conditions results in the forfeiture of shares. Forfeiture of share awards with service conditions or performance-based restrictions results in a reversal of previously recognized share-based compensation expense so long as the awards were probable of vesting. Stock compensation expense includes actual forfeitures incurred.

The table below summarizes certain data for our stock-based compensation plans:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

18.3

 

 

$

22.5

 

 

$

7.2

 

Tax (expense) benefit for stock-based compensation

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1.5

 

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

 

$

19.0

 

 

$

23.7

 

 

$

8.7

 

The Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”) rewards employees and other individuals to perform at their highest level and contribute significantly to the Proposed Offering,success of the CompanyCompany. The 2019 Plan is an omnibus plan that may provide these incentives through grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSU” or “RSUs”), performance awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards to employees, directors, or consultants of the Company.

76


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

At the annual meeting in May 2021, shareholders approved an amendment to the 2019 Plan (the “Amended Plan”) that authorized an additional 9.0 million shares for issuance for future awards. As of December 31, 2022, the pool of shares in the 2019 Plan is summarized as follows:

2019 Plan

Quantity

Maximum allowed for issuance

13,118,055

Awards granted

(6,356,046

)

Awards forfeited

1,334,150

Available for future awards

8,096,159

Awards vested

2,058,160

Restricted Stock Units RSUs represent a right to receive one share of our common stock that is both nontransferable and forfeitable unless and until certain conditions are satisfied. Certain RSUs vest ratably over a two-year period while others vest over a one-year period. The fair value of RSUs is determined on the grant date and is amortized over the vesting period on a ratable basis.

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units Performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSU” or “PRSUs”) represent a right to receive, to the extent vested and earned, one share of our common stock. Our PRSUs generally follow two forms. One form of PRSU vests over a three-year period with the number of the awards to be earned determined at the end of the initial one-year performance period, based upon attainment of specific business performance goals during such initial one-year performance period. If certain minimum performance levels are not attained in the initial one-year performance period, the awards will offerbe automatically forfeited before vesting. The awards are variable in that PRSUs earned could range from 0% to 150% of the target number of PRSUs granted, contingent on the performance level attained. The fair value of our PRSUs is determined on the grant date. Compensation cost for sale upthese awards is recognized based on the probability of achievement of the performance-based conditions.

In connection with the shareholders approving the Amended Plan, certain executive officers and key employees received a special long-term incentive PRSU award (the “2021 LTIP PRSUs”). The 2021 LTIP PRSUs are generally eligible to 30,000,000be earned based on performance against pre-established performance metrics during our 2023, 2024 and 2025 fiscal years. One-third of the 2021 LTIP PRSUs are eligible to be earned and vest on each of January 1, 2024, January 1, 2025, and January 1, 2026 based on the achievement of performance goals during the one-year period immediately preceding the vesting date (each such one-year period, a “2021 LTIP PRSU Measurement Period”), subject to continued employment on each such vesting date. The number of PRSUs eligible to be earned in respect of each such 2021 LTIP PRSU Measurement Period will be equal to one-third of the target number of PRSUs multiplied by a percentage that corresponds to the level of achievement of our performance goals. The awards are variable in that the PRSUs earned could range from 0% to 300% of the target number of PRSUs granted contingent on the performance level attained.

Activity of our RSUs and PRSUs is as follows:

 

 

RSUs

 

 

PRSUs

 

 

 

Quantity

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Quantity

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

Restricted at December 31, 2021

 

 

508,871

 

 

$

15.61

 

 

 

2,818,257

 

 

$

22.38

 

Granted

 

 

148,797

 

 

 

18.96

 

 

 

618,532

 

 

 

21.96

 

Vested

 

 

(275,656

)

 

 

16.04

 

 

 

(466,059

)

 

 

14.24

 

Forfeited

 

 

(30,067

)

 

 

26.22

 

 

 

(410,179

)

 

 

23.90

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

 

351,945

 

 

$

15.78

 

 

 

2,560,551

 

 

$

23.52

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during 2022, 2021, and 2020 was $18.96, $24.98, and $8.08, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of PRSUs granted during 2022, 2021, and 2020 was $21.96, $22.65, and $8.09, respectively.

77


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Director Stock Units (or 34,500,000 Units ifThe Directors may elect to receive their quarterly retainer fees in the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase priceform of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 (see Note 8).

NOTE 4.   PRIVATE PLACEMENT

The Anchor Investors are expected to purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants (or 8,900,000 Private Placement Warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full), of which Mr. Asali is expected to purchase 2,000,000, at $1.00 per warrant ($8,000,000 in the aggregate or $8,900,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Offering. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share at $11.50 per share. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On July 18, 2017, the Company issued 8,625,000 shares of Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) to the Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. This number includes an aggregate of up to 1,125,000common shares that are subject to forfeiture ifcovered by an active shelf registration statement. The retainers are paid quarterly, in arrears in the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (Note 6). In October 2017, the Company issued 3,750,000 Founder Shares to certain investors, including Mr. Asali and the Company’s other executive officers, (collectively, the “Anchor Investors”), for $0.01 per share in connection with the forward purchase agreements prior to the offering. The Sponsor currently owns 6,975,000 Class B ordinary shares. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or Class C ordinary shares,form of cash or stock at the Director’s election, of the holder)and vest upon the consummation of an Initial Business Combinationissuance. These shares are priced at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of  (i) the total number of Public Shares, plus (ii) the sum of  (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination (including forward purchase shares, but not forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by Public Shareholders in connection with the Initial Business Combination.


The Sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any director, officer or employee of the Sponsor who is also serving in any such role or position at the Company, including Mr. Asali (each, a “sponsor-affiliate”provided that such term does not refer to any of the Company’s non-executive directors), have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (a) the third anniversary after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (b) the waiver of such restrictions on transfer by Anchor Investors representing over 50.0% of the Forward Purchase Shares (except to certain permitted transferees and subject to certain exceptions). The initial shareholders (other than the Sponsor, its controlled affiliates or any sponsor-affiliate) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the Initial Business Combination that results in all of the Company’s ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except to certain permitted transferees and subject to certain exceptions). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the initial shareholders with respect to any Founder Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations andlast business day of the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days aftercalendar quarter. Additionally, Directors are granted an annual award of RSUs of $0.1 million on the Initial Business Combination,date of the Founder Shares heldannual shareholder meeting. The number of RSUs is determined by the initial shareholders (other thanclosing price of Ranpak stock on that date. These RSUs vest at the Sponsor’s Founder Shares that are subjectearlier of the (i) anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the following annual shareholder meeting. The following table includes the number of shares granted and vested for Directors electing to the earnout conditionreceive retainer payments in the Securities Subscription Agreement, between the Company and the Sponsor, as amended) will be released from the lock-up.shares:

 

Director Stock Units

 

Quantity

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

28,364

 

 

$

24.69

 

Granted

 

 

93,652

 

 

 

10.21

 

Vested

 

 

(70,776

)

 

 

14.92

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

51,240

 

 

$

11.72

 

In November 2017, the Company amended the Securities Subscription Agreement dated July 18, 2017 to include an “earnout” clause, as discussed in the preceding paragraph, which requires the forfeiture

The weighted average grant date fair value of certain Founder Shares by the Sponsor under certain circumstances as described in the agreement.

In January 2018, the Sponsor transferred 240,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors at their original purchase price.

In March 2018, the Underwriters’ over-allotment option expiredDirector Stock Units granted during 2022, 2021, and as a result the Sponsor forfeited 1,125,000 Class B ordinary shares. This forfeiture is reflected in the accompanying statement of changes in shareholders’ equity2020 was $10.21, $23.00, and $7.55, respectively.

Unrecognized compensation cost and weighted average periods remaining for non-vested RSUs and PRSUs as of December 31, 2017.2022 and 2021 are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Unrecognized compensation cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs

 

$

1.9

 

 

$

4.8

 

PRSUs

 

$

33.3

 

 

$

51.9

 

Weighted average remaining period

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs

 

0.7 years

 

 

1.3 years

 

PRSUs

 

2.9 years

 

 

2.8 years

 

Promissory Note — Related Party

The Sponsor has agreed to loan the Company up to $200,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Proposed Offering. The loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of March 31, 2018 or the closing of the Proposed Offering. The Company intends to repay the loan from the proceeds of the Proposed Offering not being placed in the Trust Account. As of December 31, 2017, there were $92,844 of outstanding borrowings under the promissory note of which $6,844 represented formation and offering costs paid directly by the Sponsor. All borrowings under the promissory note were repaid on February 7, 2018.

Administrative Service Fee

The Company has agreed, commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of an Initial Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, and secretarial and administrative services.

F-12

Note 21 Shareholders’ Equity

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an Initial Business Combination, an affiliate of the Sponsor may, but is not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that an Initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans, other than the interest on such proceeds that may be released for working capital purposes. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

NOTE 6.   COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants and warrants that maybe issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be entered into concurrently with the closing of the Proposed Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Forward Purchase Agreement

In October 2017, the Company entered into forward purchase agreements pursuant to which certain investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares (collectively, the “Forward Purchase Shares”), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”), for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00 per Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share, as applicable, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of the Initial Business Combination. In connection with these agreements, the Company issued to such investors an aggregate of 3,750,000 Founder Shares for $0.01 per share and received gross proceeds of $37,500. The Founder Shares issued to such investors are subject to similar contractual conditions and restrictions as the Founder Shares issued to the Sponsor. The Anchor Investors will have redemption rights with respect to any Public Shares they own. The forward purchase agreements also provide that the investors are entitled to a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities (including working capital loans that are convertible into Private Placement Warrants) by the Company for capital raising purposes, or if the Company offers or seeks commitments for any equity or equity-linked securities to backstop any such capital raise, in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination (other than the Units the Company is offering by this prospectus and their component Public Shares and Public Warrants, the Founder Shares (and Class A ordinary shares and/or Class C ordinary shares for which such Founder Shares are convertible), the Forward Purchase Shares, the Forward Purchase Warrant and the Private Placement Warrants) and registration rights with respect to the (A) Forward Purchase Shares, Forward Purchase Warrants, and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying their Forward Purchase Warrants and their Founder Shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the Anchor Investors, including any time after we complete our Initial Business Combination. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. The amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis at the election of the holder with 65 days written notice or upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary shares to a non-affiliate of the holder.


Underwriting Agreement

The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Proposed Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriter will be entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $6,000,000 in the aggregate (or $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, a discount of $0.35 per unit, or $10,500,000 in the aggregate (or $12,075,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement for the offering.

NOTE 7.   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Class A Ordinary SharesStockThe Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000426.0 million shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) 200.0 million shares of Class A ordinary shares with acommon stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) 25.0 million shares of $0.0001Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (iii) 200.0 million shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (iv) 1.0 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Holders

Common SharesEach holder of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares areCommon Stock (“Class A”) is entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2017, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Shares —The Company is authorized to issue 25,000,000share held of record. Holders of shares of Class B ordinary shares with a par valueC Common Stock (“Class C”) have no such voting rights and, as such, shall not have the right to receive notice of, $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary sharesattend at or vote on any matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to one vote for each share. The Company initially issued 8,625,000vote. Class B ordinaryC shares on July 18, 2017. This number includes an aggregatehave a right of 1,125,000 ordinary sharesconversion that are subjectupon sale or other transfer convert to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (Note 8). In October 2017, the Company issued 3,750,000 Class B ordinary shares to certain investors, including Mr. Asali and the Company’s other executive officers, for $0.01 per share in connection with the forward purchase agreements prior to the offering. The Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or theshares. In April 2021, a shareholder exercised such right of conversion and converted 3.6 million Class C ordinary shares at the election of the holder) on the first business day following the consummation of the Initial Business Combination. The ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert intofor 3.6 million Class A ordinaryshares. As previously noted, we sold approximately 5.3 million shares and Class C ordinary shares will be such that the number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal,common stock in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20%May 2021 Equity Offering for net proceeds of $103.4 million.

Preferred SharesOur charter authorizes 1.0 million shares of preferred stock and provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Directors are authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The Directors are able, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the sum of  (i) the total number of Public Shares (including any such shares issued following the exerciseholders of the over-allotment option), plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of Class A ordinary sharescommon stock and Class C ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination (including forward purchase shares, but not forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by Public Shareholders in connection with the Initial Business Combination.

could have anti-takeover effects. As of December 31, 2017, there were 11,250,0002022, we had no preferred stock outstanding.

78


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Share Repurchase ProgramOn July 26, 2022, the Directors authorized a general share repurchase program of our Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. This number excludes an aggregateA common stock of 1,125,000 ordinary shares, which were forfeited in March 2018 as the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters.

Class C Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorizedup to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class C ordinary shares$50.0 million, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Following the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, each issued Class C Share shall be converted into one36-month expiration. These Class A Share, subject to any necessary adjustments for anycommon stock repurchases may occur in transactions that may include, without limitation, tender offers, open market purchases, accelerated share splits, capitalizations, consolidations or similarrepurchases, negotiated block purchases, and transactions occurring in respecteffected through plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Class A Shares or the Class C Shares, (i) upon receipt by the Company of 65 days’ notice in writing from the registered holder of such Class C ordinary share to convert such Class C ordinary share, or (ii) automatically upon the transfer by the registered holder of such Class C ordinary share, whether or not for value, to a third party, except for transfers to a nominee or “affiliate” (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,1934. The timing and actual amount of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of different factors and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the discretion of the Directors. We did not repurchase any shares under the repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Note 22 — Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, excluding the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. Diluted EPS gives effect to the potential dilution, if any, that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock, using the more dilutive of the two-class method or if-converted method. Diluted EPS excludes potential shares of common stock if their effect is anti-dilutive. If there is a net loss in any period, basic and diluted EPS are computed in the same manner.

The two-class method determines net income (loss) per common share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between different classes of common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as amended) of such holder in a transfer that will not result in a change in beneficial ownership or to a person that already holdsif all income for the period had been distributed. We apply the two-class method for EPS when computing net income (loss) per Class A ordinaryand Class C common shares. At

As of December 31, 2017, there2022, we have not issued any instruments that were no Class C ordinaryconsidered to be participating securities. Weighted average shares issued or outstanding.


Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinaryC common stock have been combined in the denominator of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share because they have equivalent economic rights. The following tables set forth the computation of our loss per share:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(41.4

)

 

$

(2.8

)

 

$

(23.4

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders for basic and diluted EPS

 

$

(41.4

)

 

$

(2.8

)

 

$

(23.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

81,877,334

 

 

 

78,542,734

 

 

 

72,434,802

 

Dilutive effect of assumed vesting of RSUs and PRSUs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Dilutive effect of Class A and Class C earnout shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

81,877,334

 

 

 

78,542,734

 

 

 

72,434,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two-class method:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

78,956,235

 

 

 

74,764,709

 

 

 

65,923,509

 

Dilutive effect of assumed vesting of RSUs and PRSUs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Dilutive effect of Class A earnout shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

78,956,235

 

 

 

74,764,709

 

 

 

65,923,509

 

Proportionate share of net loss

 

$

(39.9

)

 

$

(2.7

)

 

$

(21.3

)

Class A – basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Class A – diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

2,921,099

 

 

 

3,778,025

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

Dilutive effect of assumed vesting of RSUs and PRSUs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Dilutive effect of Class C earnout shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

2,921,099

 

 

 

3,778,025

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

Proportionate share of net loss

 

$

(1.5

)

 

$

(0.1

)

 

$

(2.1

)

Class C – basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.32

)

Class C – diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.32

)

The dilutive effect of 0.8 million, 1.1 million, and 0.7 million shares will vote together asin 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, was omitted from the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding and diluted earnings per share because we were in a single class on all matters submittedloss position. The

79


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to a voteConsolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

following securities were not included in the computation of shareholders except as required by law. The holders of Class C ordinarydiluted shares willoutstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive or because milestones were not have the right to vote in general meetings of the Company.

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2017, there are no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Warrants— Public Warrants may only be exercisedyet achieved for a whole number of shares. No fractional Public Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Public Warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisableawards contingent on the laterachievement of (a) 30 days after the completion of an Initial Business Combination or (b) 12 months fromperformance milestones:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

RSUs and PRSUs

 

 

3,144,621

 

 

 

2,298,832

 

 

 

1,040,464

 

Total antidilutive securities

 

 

3,144,621

 

 

 

2,298,832

 

 

 

1,040,464

 

Note 23 Transactions with Related Parties

Shared Services Agreement

On June 3, 2019, upon the closing of Ranpak’s business combination with One Madison Corporation, Ranpak entered into a shared services agreement (the “Shared Services Agreement”) with an entity controlled by our chief executive officer, One Madison Group LLC (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the Proposed Offering;Sponsor may provide, or cause to be provided, certain services to Ranpak. The Shared Services Agreement provides for a broad array of potential services, including administrative and “back office” or corporate-type services and requires Ranpak to indemnify the Sponsor in each case thatconnection with the Company has an effective registration statementservices provided by the Sponsor to Ranpak. Total fees under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrantsagreement amounted to approximately $0.3 million and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis$0.4 million for 2022 and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 30 business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth (60th) day after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Proposed Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of an Initial Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial Anchor Investors who purchased such warrants or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than such Anchor Investors or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

The Company may call the Public Warrants for redemption (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the public shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

F-152021, respectively.

Note 24 Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

We provide disclosure consistent with Regulation S-K, Item 302(a), which requires disclosure of quarterly financial data when there are one or more retrospective changes that pertain to our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We have no material retrospective changes to our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) that would warrant such quarterly disclosure.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

80


The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares, as applicable, issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants shares. If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

NOTE 8.   Subsequent eventsITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”) generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which is described in Note 3. The Company’s founder, Omar M. Asali, the other Anchor Investors and certain other entities purchased an aggregate of 8,000,000 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or approximately $8,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering (the “Private Placement”).

In March 2018, the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters resulting in the forfeiture of an aggregate of 1,125,000 ordinary shares.


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

DisclosureWe maintain disclosure controls and procedures, are controlsas that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”Exchange Act). Our management, including our chief executive officer (“CEO”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosurechief financial officer (“CFO”), does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controlsor our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and procedures designedall fraud due to ensureinherent limitations of internal controls. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that information requiredmaterial misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitteddesign into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Our management, under the Exchange Act is accumulatedsupervision and communicated to management, includingwith the participation of our Chief Executive OfficerCEO (our principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 underCFO (our principal financial officer), has evaluated the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016.2022. Based upon theiron that evaluation, our Chief Executive OfficerCEO and Chief Financial OfficerCFO have each concluded that oursuch disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2022, because of material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below.

Notwithstanding such material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, Company management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, concluded that our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report present fairly, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e)13a-15(f) and 15d-15(e)15d-15(f)) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management, under the Exchange Act) were effective.

supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, and under the oversight of the Audit Committee, assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria specified in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment, management, including our CEO and CFO, concluded that, as of December 31, 2022, our internal control over Financial Reportingfinancial reporting was not effective because of the material weaknesses described below.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management identified the following material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022.

The Company had ineffective general information technology controls (GITCs) that support the consistent operation of the Company’s information technology (IT) systems, including its enterprise resource planning system which was implemented in January 2022. Therefore, automated process-level controls and manual controls dependent upon the accuracy and completeness of information derived from those IT systems were also ineffective because they could have been adversely impacted; and
The Company did not effectively design, implement, or operate process-level control activities related to its financial reporting processes.

81


ThisManagement concluded that these material weaknesses were primarily due to an ineffective control environment that resulted in ineffective risk assessment, information and communications and monitoring activities. Specifically:

The Company did not have a sufficient number of trained resources with expertise in and responsibility and accountability for the design, implementation, operation and documentation of internal control over financial reporting and IT systems.
The Company did not have an effective risk assessment process related to internal control over financial reporting that defined clear financial reporting objectives and evaluated risks, including risks resulting from changes in the external environment and business operations, at a sufficient level of detail to identify all relevant risks of material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company did not have an effective information and communication process that identified and assessed the source of and controls necessary to ensure the reliability of information used in financial reporting and that communicates relevant information about roles and responsibilities for internal control over financial reporting.
The Company did not have effective monitoring activities to assess the operation of internal control over financial reporting, including the continued appropriateness of control design and level of documentation maintained to support control effectiveness.

As a result of the material weaknesses identified above, management identified certain errors in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022, which were corrected prior to the issuance of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), who audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, does not include a reporthas issued an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of management’s assessment regardingthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting. KPMG’s report appears beginning on page 84 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Remediation Plans

In response to the material weaknesses, management, with oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, has begun to implement steps to immediately remediate the material weaknesses. Our internal control remediation efforts include the following:

Further developing the detailed remediation plan addressing the operation of process-level control activities, GITCs and staffing needs with appropriate executive sponsorship and with the assistance of third-party specialists, when necessary, to specifically address the material weaknesses related to the operating control environment and GITCs.
Enhancing policies and procedures to improve our overall control environment and monitoring controls around timely evaluation and communication of internal control deficiencies to those parties responsible for taking corrective action, including senior management and the board of directors, as appropriate.
Design and implement a continuous risk assessment process to identify and assess risks of material misstatement and ensure that the impacted financial reporting or an attestation reportprocesses and related internal controls are properly designed and in place to respond to those risks in our financial reporting.
Continuing to recruit key positions within our technology, accounting, business operations and other support functions with appropriate qualified experience and ERP knowledge to enhance our risk assessment processes and internal control capabilities, allow for appropriate segregation of duties and change management, and provide appropriate oversight and reviews.
Providing additional training and education programs for personnel responsible for the performance of key business processes throughout the Company to facilitate their understanding of the risks being addressed by the controls they are performing as well as educate them in the documentation requirements of the internal control framework.
Enhancing user access provisioning and monitoring controls to enforce appropriate system access and segregation of duties as well as controls supporting change management.

We are committed to ensuring that our internal controls over financial reporting are designed and operating effectively. Management believes the efforts taken to date and the planned remediation will improve the effectiveness of our independent registered public accounting firm dueinternal control over financial reporting. Although we intend to a transition period established by rulescomplete the remediation process as promptly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to remediate these material weaknesses. In addition, we may discover additional material weaknesses that require additional time and resources to remediate, and we may decide to take additional measures to address the material weaknesses or modify the remediation steps described above. Until these weaknesses are remediated, we plan to continue to perform additional analyses and other procedures to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

82


Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company is in the process of implementing certain changes in its internal controls to remediate the material weaknesses described above. The implementation of the SECmaterial aspects of this plan has begun in the first quarter of 2023. Except for newly public companies.

During the most recently completed fiscal year,identification of the material weaknesses described above, there has been no change in ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2022, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, ourits internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.Other Information

None.

83



PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

OfficersTo the Shareholders and Directors

Our officers and directors are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Omar M. Asali47Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Thomas F. Corley54Director
Keith R. McLoughlin61Director
Michael A. Jones55Director
Robert C. King58Director
Bharani Bobba47Chief Financial Officer
William Drew35Secretary

Omar Asali, age 47, has been Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since July 2017. Mr. Asali has been the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of our sponsor since July 2017. Mr. Asali served as President and Chief Executive Officer of HRG from March 2015 until April 2017, as its President since October 2011 and as a director from May 2011 to April 2017. Mr. Asali was responsible for overseeing the day-to-day activities of HRG, including M&A activity and overall business strategy for HRG and HRG’s underlying subsidiaries. Mr. Asali was directly involved in all of HRG’s acquisitions across all sectors, and he was actively involved in HRG’s management and investment activities. Mr. Asali was also the Vice Chairman of the board of directors of Spectrum Brands and a member of the board of directors of FGL, Front Street Re Cayman Ltd. and NZCH Corporation (formerly, Zap.Com Corporation), each a subsidiary of HRG. Prior to becoming President of HRG, Mr. Asali was a Managing Director and Head of Global Strategy of Harbinger Capital. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009, Mr. Asali was the co-head of Goldman Sachs Hedge Fund Strategies LLC (“Goldman Sachs HFS”) where he helped manage approximately $25 billion of capital allocated to external managers. Mr. Asali also served as co-chair of the Investment Committee at Goldman Sachs HFS. Before joining Goldman Sachs HFS in 2003, Mr. Asali worked in Goldman Sachs’ Investment Banking Division, providing M&A and strategic advisory services to clients in the High Technology Group. Mr. Asali previously worked at Capital Guidance, a boutique private equity firm. Mr. Asali began his career working for a public accounting firm. Mr. Asali received an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and a B.S. in Accounting from Virginia Tech.

Mr. Asali’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his substantial experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and strategic business planning; his track record at HRG and in advising and managing multi-national companies; and his experience serving as a director for various public and private companies.

Thomas F. Corley, age 54, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. Corley is currently the Global Chief Retail Officer and President of U.S. Retail Markets for Catalina, with responsibility for all of Catalina’s engagements with retailers globally. Mr. Corley previously served as Chief Operating Officer of Acosta, Inc. from January 2016 until December 1, 2016. While at Acosta, Mr. Corley oversaw the Sales and Foodservice divisions and worked to deepen consumer packaged goods clients and customer relationships, identify retail operating strategies and develop a differentiated sales organization. Prior to serving at Acosta, Mr. Corley served as an Executive Vice President of U.S. Sales and Foodservice at Kraft Foods Group, Inc. from October 2012 until July 2015. Mr. Corley served as an Executive Vice President and President of U.S. Retail Sales and Foodservice for Kraft Foods Group, Inc. since October 2012 and February 2013 respectively. Mr. Corley served as President of U.S. Sales for Kraft Foods Group, Inc. from October 2012 to February 2013. He has more than 30 years of industry experience with Kraft Foods Group and General Foods, including more than 15 years in Kraft senior leadership and sales roles with responsibility for customer collaboration, new business development, field sales commercialization, acquisition integration and organizational development. Previously, he led the U.S. Field Sales Organization and Walmart/Kraft Sales Organizations for Kraft Foods North America with global oversight for headquarter engagement and retail execution. His additional roles at Kraft included Vice President of Walmart/Customer Development Organization, Area Vice President, East Customer Development Organizations and Area Vice President of South Area Field Sales Organization. Mr. Corley received a Bachelor’s Degree from the University of St. Thomas in Minnesota.


Mr. Corley’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his 30 years of industry experience with Kraft Foods Group and General Foods; his more than 15 years in Kraft senior leadership with responsibility for acquisition integration and organizational development; and his overall experience with consumer packaged goods clients, customer relationships and identifying retail operating strategies.

Keith R. McLoughlin, age 61, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. McLoughlin was President and Chief Executive Officer of Electrolux AB, a global manufacturer of major household appliances, from January 2011 until February 2016. Mr. Mcloughlin joined Electrolux in 2003, where he was the President of the Electrolux Home Products North America, Head of Major Appliances in North America and Latin America, Executive Vice President and Head of Global Operations prior to being appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Electrolux. Before joining Electrolux, Mr. McLoughlin spent 22 years in senior leadership roles at E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company, leading several consumer brand businesses including DuPont Corian, DuPont Stainmaster Carpet, and DuPont Tyvek. Mr. McLoughlin has served on the board of directors of Briggs & Stratton Corporation since 2007, Campbell Soup Company since 2016 and Braunability Corporation since 2015. Mr. McLoughlin holds a B.S. degree in Engineering from the United States Military Academy at West Point and has completed a training program in corporate governance essentials for directors from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr. McLoughlin’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his deep experience in the consumer durable goods industry; his significant executive leadership experience and expertise in international business and operations; his additional experience in retail sales, marketing, strategy development, and organizational and human resource matters.

Michael A. Jones, age 55, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. Jones served as Chief Customer Officer of Lowe’s Companies, Inc. from May 2014 through October 2016. In this role, Mr. Jones was responsible for store environment, merchandising, customer experience, marketing, strategy and research for Lowe’s U.S. stores operations. Prior to this role, Mr. Jones served as the Chief Merchandising Officer of Lowe’s Companies Inc. since January 2013. In this capacity, Mr. Jones was responsible for both domestic and global sourcing for the merchandising offering for Lowe’s U.S. stores, and U.S. pricing operations. Mr. Jones served as Head of Business Unit Americas and Executive Vice President at Husqvarna AB from June 2011 to January 2013. In this role, Jones led sales, service and manufacturing operations for Husqvarna’s North and Latin American businesses. Prior to this role, Mr. Jones served as Head of Sales and Service for North and Latin America at Husqvarna AB since October 2009. Mr. Jones served as the General Manager of Cooking Products within the appliances division of General Electric (“GE”) from June 2007 to October 2009. He began his career at GE in appliance builder sales, and held roles with increasing responsibility during his time at GE, including Chief Commercial Officer in Europe, Middle East and Africa and for GE Consumer and Industrial. He is currently on the Board of Johnson C. Smith University. Mr. Jones received a Bachelor’s Degree in business administration from California Coast University in Santa Ana, California.

Mr. Jones’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his strong business and financial acumen, including the ability to read operational financials and balance sheets; his sell-side and buy-side analyst experience including presentations to analyst and investors and business positioning; his substantial experience in strategy development and extensive leadership positions in various companies.

Robert C. King, age 58, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. King served as the Chief Executive Officer of CytoSport, Inc. from June 2013 to August 2014. Prior to joining Cytosport, Mr. King served as an Advisor to TSG Consumer Partners from March 2011 to July 2013. Mr. King spent 21 years in the North America Pepsi system from 1989 to 2010 serving in various management positions. Notably, Mr. King served as an Executive Vice President and President of North America at Pepsi Bottling Group Inc. (“Pepsi Bottling Group”) from November 2008 to 2010, with responsibility for all Pepsi Bottling Group business in the United States, Canada and Mexico. He served as the President of Pepsi Bottling Group’s North American business at Bottling Group from December 2006 to November 2008. Mr. King served as the President of North American Field Operations at Pepsi Bottling Group Inc. from October 2005 to December 2006. Before joining the North America Pepsi system, Mr. King worked in various sales and marketing positions with E&J Gallo Winery from 1984 to 1989 and with Procter & Gamble from 1980 to 1984. Previously, Mr. King has served as a director and advisor to CytoSport, Island Oasis Frozen Cocktail Co., Inc. and Neurobrands, LLC, a producer of premium functional beverages. Mr. King has been an Executive Advisory Partner at Wind Point Partners and Chairman of Gehl Foods, a portfolio company of Wind Point Partners since May 2015. Mr. King has also served on the board of directors of  (i) Exal Corporation, an Ontario Teachers Pension Plan portfolio company, since February 2017, (ii) Freshpet Inc. since November 2014, and (iii) Arctic Glacier, a Carlyle LLC portfolio company, since August 2017. Mr. King received a Bachelor of Arts in English from Fairfield University.


Mr. King’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his corporate leadership and public company experience; and his more than 37 years of substantial expertise in managing businesses and operations in the consumer packaged goods industry, including his 21 years in the North America Pepsi system.

Bharani Bobba, age 47, has been our Chief Financial Officer since September 2017. Mr. Bobba has 23 years of experience across operational consulting, private equity, and investment banking, primarily in the consumer and retail sectors. Mr. Bobba joined our sponsor in July 2017 where he is a Managing Director. Mr. Bobba works closely with other members of our sponsor team to identify investment opportunities. Before joining our sponsor, Mr. Bobba was at Genpact Limited, which is a consulting and outsourcing firm, for five years. Mr. Bobba had several roles including Senior Vice President with responsibility for strategy, M&A and other growth initiatives for the Consumer, Retail and Healthcare Business Unit. He was also the business leader and client partner in the Consumer Retail vertical, where he worked closely with the 3G Capital, Inc. team at Kraft Heinz. He also developed and grew large relationships at McDonald’s and Walgreens Boots Alliance in addition to his responsibilities of leading the business. Prior to joining Genpact in 2012, Mr. Bobba founded Baseline Partners, an investment firm focused on making private equity and public investments in illiquid small cap Indian companies which were poised for exceptional growth and returns on capital primarily in consumer and retail sectors. In addition to growth capital, he provided extensive operational support to portfolio companies, including taking on interim management positions. Prior to Baseline, Mr. Bobba worked at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated in investment banking for 10 years where he advised on mergers & acquisitions and capital raising for many of the top Global Consumer Packaged Goods and retail companies. Mr. Bobba received an M.B.A. from Duke University and a B.A. in Economics from Georgetown University.

William Drew, age 35, has been our Secretary since September 2017. Mr. Drew has been a managing director of our sponsor since July 2017. Mr. Drew most recently served as Vice President, Investments of HRG Group where he worked on numerous M&A and capital markets transactions and has experience in a number of sectors including housing and building products, energy, financial institutions, consumer products and services, and media. Prior to joining HRG Group, Mr. Drew was an investment analyst at Harbinger Capital Partners from 2006 through 2012, where he was responsible for long and short portfolio investments across a variety of industries and multiple products and asset classes including equity, debt, and structured products (primarily non-agency RMBS and CDO’s). Mr. Drew began his career as an Investment Banking Analyst in the Media and Telecommunications Group of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from 2004 through 2006. Mr. Drew graduated from Georgetown University in 2004 with a BSBA in Finance and a minor in Government.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairmen of the board, chief executive officers, a president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.


In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide two of our anchor investors with the right to designate (prior to the consummation of a Business Combination) and the right to request the designation of  (following the consummation of a Business Combination) a total of two observers to our board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we established the operating and advisory committee, which is an advisory committee of the Board of Directors formed forof

Ranpak Holdings Corp.:

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Ranpak Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the purposeCommittee of assisting management with sourcing and evaluating business opportunities and devising plans and strategies to optimize any business that we acquire.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committeeSponsoring Organizations of the board of directors. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King currently serve as members ofTreadway Commission. In our audit committee. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King are independent under NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC requirements.

Robert C. King currently serves as the chairmanopinion, because of the audit committee. Each membereffect of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which detailmaterial weaknesses, described below, on the principal responsibilitiesachievement of the audit committee, including:

meeting with our independent auditor regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

The charter also provides that the audit committee has the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisers as it determines necessary to carry out its duties. The written charter is available on our website.


Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee of our board of directors. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King currently serve as members of our compensation committee, with Michael A. Jones serving as chairmanobjectives of the compensation committee. We adopted a compensation committee charter, which detailscontrol criteria, the principal functionsCompany has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the compensation committee, including:Treadway Commission.

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charterWe also provides thathave audited, in accordance with the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversightstandards of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser,Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC. The written charter is available on our website.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King currently serve as members of our nominating and corporate governance committee, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. Keith R. McLoughlin currently serves as chairconsolidated balance sheet of the nominatingCompany as of December 31, 2022,the related consolidated statements of operations and corporate governance committee.

The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee are to assist the board in:

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.


The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE, and is available on our website.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the first annual meeting of the shareholders. Prior to our initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of our founder shares during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our ordinary shares to file reports of ownership andcomprehensive income (loss), changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such Forms, we believe that duringshareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees that complies with the rules and requirements of the NYSE. The Code of Ethics is available on our website. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.


In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company2022, and the general knowledge skillrelated notes and experiencefinancial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated March 31, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselvesdeficiencies, in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders providedinternal control over financial reporting, such that there is full disclosure bya reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the directors. This cancompany’s annual or interim financial statements will not be done by wayprevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses discussed below have been identified and included in management’s assessment.

The Company had ineffective general information technology controls (GITCs) that support the consistent operation of permission grantedall of its information technology (IT) systems, including its enterprise resource planning system which was implemented in January 2022. Therefore, automated process-level controls and manual controls dependent upon the accuracy and completeness of information derived from those IT systems were also ineffective because they could have been adversely impacted; and
The Company did not effectively design, implement or operate process-level control activities related to its financial reporting processes.

These material weaknesses were primarily due to an ineffective control environment that resulted in ineffective risk assessment, information and communications and monitoring activities. Specifically:

The Company did not have a sufficient number of trained resources with expertise in and responsibility and accountability for the design, implementation, operation and documentation of internal control over financial reporting and IT systems.
The Company did not have an effective risk assessment process related to internal control over financial reporting that defined clear financial reporting objectives and evaluated risks, including risks resulting from changes in the amendedexternal environment and restated memorandumbusiness operations, at a sufficient level of detail to identify all relevant risks of material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company did not have an effective information and articlescommunication process that identified and assessed the source of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.and controls necessary to ensure the reliability of information used in financial reporting and that communicates relevant information about roles and responsibilities for internal control over financial reporting.
The Company did not have effective monitoring activities to assess the operation of internal control over financial reporting, including the continued appropriateness of control design and level of documentation maintained to support control effectiveness.

The material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2022 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

EachThe Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of our officers and directors presently has, and anythe effectiveness of theminternal control over financial reporting, included in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligationsaccompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will beexpress an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to presentbe independent with

84


respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a business combination opportunity tomaterial weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participateother procedures as we considered necessary in the formationcircumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering.Internal Control over Financial Reporting

BelowA company’s internal control over financial reporting is a table summarizingprocess designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the entitiesreliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to which our executive officersthe maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

IndividualEntityEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
Omar M. AsaliOne Madison Group LLCPrivate InvestmentsSole Managing Member
Vivoli Holdings LLCPrivate InvestmentsSole Managing Member
Keith R. McLoughlinBraunability CorporationMobility Equipment SupplierDirector
Briggs & Stratton CorporationManufacturingDirector
Campbell Soup CompanyFood & BeverageDirector
Michael A. JonesJohnson C. Smith UniversityEducationTrustee
Robert C. KingArctic GlacierBeverageDirector
Exal CorporationManufacturingDirector
Freshpet Inc.Pet foodDirector
Gehl Foods, LLCFood & BeverageChairman
Wind Point PartnersPrivate EquityExecutive Advisory Partner
USA RugbyNon-profitDirector
Thomas F. CorleyCatalinaDigital MediaChief Retail Officer
Bharani BobbaOne Madison Group LLCPrivate InvestmentsManaging Director
William DrewOne Madison Group LLCPrivate InvestmentsManaging Director


Potential investors should also be awarefairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

Our executive officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. Certain of our executive officers are engaged in several other business endeavors for which such officers may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Our initial shareholders (other than our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; and our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) the third anniversary of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the waiver of the foregoing restriction by anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares held by our initial shareholders (other than the earnout shares) will be released from the lockup. In addition, our sponsor and the BSOF Entities have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their earnout shares until the earlier of  (i) the date on which one or more of the earnout conditions has been satisfied and (ii) the date on which our sponsor and the BSOF Entities forfeit the earnout shares. The Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, we, our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed to certain transfer restrictions for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Because each of our executive officers and directors will own ordinary shares and/or warrants, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Furthermore, in no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by us any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Further, commencing on the date our securities are first listed on the NYSE, we will also reimburse our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month.

We cannot assure you that anyassets of the above-mentioned conflicts will be resolvedcompany; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in our favor.

Accordingly, if anyaccordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the above executive officers or directors become awarecompany are being made only in accordance with authorizations of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity,management and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.


We are not prohibited from pursuing a business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, and they and the other members of our management team have agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the offering, in favor of our initial business combination, other than the BSOF Entities.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.


Item 11.Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on January 17, 2018 through the earlier of the consummation of a business combination or our liquidation, we pay monthly recurring expenses of $10,000 to our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative expenses. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsiblecompany; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

March 31, 2023

85


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Corporate Governance,” “Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensationits 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be paidfiled with the SEC pursuant to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of a business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after a business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management team to remain with us after the consummation of a business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 28, 2018 with respect to our Class A ordinary shares held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants or public warrants as these warrants are not exercisableRegulation 14A within 60 days of March 28, 2018. The percentages in the following table are based on 41,250,000 Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of March 28, 2018.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) Nmber of Shares Beneficially Owned(2)  Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares 
Greater than 5% Shareholders      
One Madison Group LLC (our sponsor)  6,635,000   16.1%
JS Capital, LLC(3)
  2,581,250   6.3%
BSOF Entities(4)  4,525,000   11.0%
Directors and Named Executive Officers        
Omar M. Asali(5)  7,223,875   17.5%
Thomas F. Corley  60,000   * 
Keith R. McLoughlin  60,000   * 
Michael A. Jones  60,000   * 
Robert C. King
  60,000   * 
Bharani Bobba  104,250   * 
William Drew  10,000   * 
All executive officers and directors as a group (seven individuals)  7,578,125   18.4%

*Less than one percent.

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 3 East 28th St, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10016.


(2)Interests shown include founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or Class C ordinary shares, at the holder’s election) at the time of our initial business combination. Excludes Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreements or pursuant to the exercise of any warrants (including Private Placement Warrants), as such ordinary shares will only be issued concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination and such warrants will only become exercisable upon the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and 12 months from the closing of our initial public offering.

(3)The shares are held by JS Capital, LLC. JS Capital Management LLC is the sole managing member of JS Capital LLC. Jonathan Soros is the sole managing member of JS Capital Management LLC and has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by JS Capital, LLC.

(4)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 31, 2018, Blackstone Strategic Opportunity Associates L.L.C. (“BSOA”) is the general partner of each of the BSOF Entities. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. (“Holdings II”) is the sole member of BSOA. Blackstone Alternative Solutions L.L.C. (“BAS”) is the investment manager of each of the BSOF Entities. Blackstone Holdings I L.P. (“Holdings I”) is the sole member of BAS. Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of each of Holdings I and Holdings II. The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”) is the controlling shareholder of Holdings GP. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. (“Blackstone Management”) is the general partner of Blackstone. Blackstone Management is wholly owned by its senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman.

(5)Consists of (i) 588,875 founder shares held by our founder Mr. Asali, as an anchor investor, and (ii) 6,635,000 founder shares held by One Madison Group LLC, our sponsor (after adjusting for the transfer of 240,000 Class B ordinary shares to our independent directors and the transfer of 100,000 Class B ordinary shares to Bharani Bobba, our chief financial officer). Mr. Asali is the managing member of our sponsor and has sole voting and dispositive power over the founder shares held by our sponsor.

Our sponsor, the anchor investors and Mr. Asali are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The anchor investors and the BSOF Entities have purchased an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, of which our founder has purchased 2,006,041, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of  $1.00 per warrant, in the Initial Private Placement. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold until 30120 days after the completionend of our initial business combination.the fiscal year covered by this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTVE COMPENSATION


We entered into forward purchase agreements in connection with our initial public offering pursuant to whichThe information required by this item is set forth under the anchor investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 Class A ordinary sharesheadings “Corporate Governance” and Class C ordinary shares, plus 5,000,000 redeemable warrants, for a purchase price of  $10.00 per Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary shares, as applicable, or $150,000,000“Executive Compensation” in the aggregate, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. Our founder has agreed to purchase 2,355,500 forward purchase sharesProxy Statement and 785,167 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $23,555,000. JS Capital LLC has agreed to purchase 10,325,000 forward purchase shares and 3,441,667 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $103,250,000. In addition, (i) Bharani Bobba, our chief financial officer, has agreed to purchase 17,000 forward purchase shares and 5,667 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of  $170,000, (ii) William Drew, our secretary, has agreed to purchase 40,000 forward purchase shares and 13,333 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of  $400,000 and (iii) Ernest Behr, an immediate family member of William Drew, has agreed to purchase 25,000 forward purchase shares and 8,333 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of  $250,000. In connection with these forward purchase agreements, we issued to the anchor investors an aggregate of 3,750,000 founder shares, 588,875 of which were issued to our founder, for $0.01 per share prior to the consummation of our initial public offering. is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The founder shares issued to the anchor investors are subject to similar contractual conditions and restrictions as the founder shares issued to our sponsor. The anchor investors have redemption rights with respect to any public shares they own. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as our public warrants. The forward purchase agreements provide that prior to signing a definitive agreement with respect to a potential initial business combination, and prior to making any material amendment to such definitive agreement following signing, anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares must approve such potential initial business combination or amendment, as applicable.

The forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement also provide that the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities are entitled to (i) a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities (including working capital loans from our founder that are convertible into private placement warrants) by us, including for capital raising purposes, or if we offer or seek commitments for any equity or equity-linked securities to backstop any such capital raise, in connection with the closing of our initial business combination (other than the units we are offeringinformation required by this prospectus and their component public shares and warrants, the founder shares (and Class A ordinary shares and/or Class C ordinary shares for which such founder shares are convertible), the forward purchase shares, forward purchase warrants and the private placement warrants, and any securities issued by us as consideration to any seller in our initial business combination and warrants issued upon the conversion of working capital loans to us made by our founder that are convertible into Private Placement Warrants) and (ii) registration rights with respect to their (A) forward purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying the anchor investors’ forward purchase warrants and the anchor investors’ and BSOF Entities’ founder shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the anchor investors, including any time after we complete our initial business combination.

In addition, the forward purchase agreements for two of our anchor investors provide each such anchor investor with (i) the right to designate (prior to the consummation of a Business Combination) and the right to request the designation of  (following the consummation of a Business Combination) one observer to our board of directors and (ii) the right to acquire a number of founder shares equal to its pro rata share, based on its allocation of forward purchase shares, of five percent of the founder shares of any special purpose acquisition company sponsored by our founder for 10 years following the date of the closing of our initial business combination, which we refer to as the new acquisition company. Further, such forward purchase agreements for the same two anchor investors provide such investors with the right to purchase up to an aggregate of $63,000,000 in equity securities of the new acquisition company substantially similar to the forward purchase securities on the same or more favorable terms as new investors in such equity securities. The strategic partnership agreement provides that, so long as the Company remains a “blank check company” as such termitem is defined in Rule 419set forth under the Securities Actheadings “Certain Relationships and prior to our initial business combination, the BSOF Entities have the right to designate one observer to our boardRelated Person Transactions” and “Security Ownership of directors.

Our sponsor, officersCertain Beneficial Owners and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participateManagement” in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combinationProxy Statement and is incorporated herein by January 22, 2020.reference.

We currently maintain our executive offices at 3 East 28th St, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10016. The cost for our use ofinformation required by this spaceitem is includedset forth under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” in the $10,000 per month fee we will pay to our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrativeProxy Statement and support services, commencing on January 17, 2018. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES


Other than these monthly fees, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paidThe information required by us to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, our sponsor transferred 240,000 founder shares to four of our independent directors (each receiving 60,000 shares). If any such director voluntarily resigns from or departs the board of directors, such director automatically forfeits all of the founder shares then owned by the director back to our sponsor.

Prior to the closing of our initial public offering, our sponsor loaned us funds to be used for a portion of the expenses of our initial public offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of March 31, 2018 or the closing of our initial public offering. The loan was repaid upon the closing of our initial public offering out of the estimated $1,000,000 of offering proceeds that was allocated to the payment of offering expenses.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our founder or his affiliate may, butthis item is not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of  $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except as set forth above,under the termsproposal “Ratification of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completionSelection of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our founder or an affiliate of our founder as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known,Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. ItProxy Statement and is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”) acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees

Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Withum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the related financial information and review of financial statements and information included in the registration statement on Form S-1 for our initial public offering totaled approximately $86,000.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, we did not pay Withum for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.


Tax Fees

Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. We did not pay Withum for other services for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017.

All Other Fees

All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services. We did not pay Withum for other services for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent auditors. In recognition of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors as provided under the audit committee charter.


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Report:

1)
Consolidated Financial Statements – See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.
2)
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for 2022, 2021, and 2020, included below.
3)
Exhibits – The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Report.

86

(a)Financial Statements: See “Index to Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

(b)Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted for the reason that the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or that they are not required or are not applicable.

(c)Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021, 2020

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Charged to Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

 

and Expenses

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Ending Balance

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2022

 

$

1.0

 

 

$

0.4

 

 

$

(0.7

)

 

$

0.7

 

Year ended December 31, 2021

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

1.0

 

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory Obsolescence Reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2022

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.3

 

Year ended December 31, 2021

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

0.3

 

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

(0.1

)

 

$

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance for Net Deferred Tax Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2022

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

(0.6

)

 

$

1.1

 

Year ended December 31, 2021

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.9

 

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

(0.4

)

 

$

1.1

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITSITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

87


EXHIBIT INDEX

The following is a list of all exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report, on Form 10-K, including those incorporated herein by reference.

Exhibit No.Document
3.1

Exhibit No.

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)

Description

4.1

Form of Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)

4.2

3.1

FormCertificate of Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)

4.3FormIncorporation of Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)
4.4Warrant Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)June 6, 2019)

10.1

3.2

Letter Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, amongBylaws of the Company One Madison Group LLC and the Company’s officers and directors (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)June 6, 2019)

10.2

Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)

10.3

4.1

Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, between the Company, One Madison Group LLC and certain investors (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)

10.4Administrative Services Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, between the Company and One Madison Group LLC (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)
10.5Strategic Partnership Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017, among the Company, One Madison Group LLC, BSOF Master Fund L.P. and BSOF Master Fund II L.P., including Amendment No. 1 thereto dated January 5, 2018Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1,S-3, as amended (File No. 333-220956)333-232105), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)July 26, 2019

10.6

4.2*

Forward PurchaseDescription of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

10.1

Second Amendment, dated May 13, 2019, to the Securities Subscription Agreement, among the Company,dated July 18, 2017, as amended on December 1, 2017, by and between One Madison Corporation and One Madison Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2019)

10.2

Consent of Holders of Class B Shares, dated May 13, 2019, among certain holders of Class B Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2019)

10.3

First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2019, by and JS Capital,among Ranger Pledgor LLC, the financial institutions party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.4

Offer Letter Agreement, dated June 3, 2019, by and between Ranpak Holdings Corp. and Omar Asali (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.5

Offer Letter Agreement, dated June 3, 2019, by and between Ranpak Holdings Corp. and Michael A. Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.6

Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for named executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.7

Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.8

Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Form S-8 (No. 333-233154), filed with the SEC on August 8, 2019)

10.9

Amendment No. 1 to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated February 14, 2020 among Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak B.V., Ranger Pledgor LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on February 19, 2020)

10.10

Severance and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 1, 2015, by and between Ranpak Corp. and Antonio Grassotti (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration StatementAnnual Report on Form S-110-K (File No. 333-220956)001-38348), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)March 17, 2020)

10.7

10.11

Forward PurchaseOffer Letter Agreement, among the Company, One Madison Group LLCdated May 26, 2009, by and Soros Capital LLCbetween Ranpak B.V. and Eric J.M. Laurensse (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration StatementAnnual Report on Form S-110-K (File No. 333-220956)001-38348), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)March 17, 2020)

10.8

Forward Purchase Agreement among the Company, One Madison Group LLC and Omar M. Asali (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)

10.9

10.12

Form of Amendment No. 1 to each Forward PurchaseAlternate Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration StatementAnnual Report on Form S-1, as amended10-K (File No. 333-220956)001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)March 17, 2020)

10.10

10.13

Form of Amendment No.Borrower Assumption Agreement, dated July 1, to Forward Purchase Agreements with JS Capital2020, among Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak Corp., Ranger Pledgor LLC and Soros Capital LLCSubsidiary Guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit toExhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration StatementQuarterly Report on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956)10-Q (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)July 30, 2020)

10.11

88


10.14

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated July 18, 2017, between One Madison Group LLCAmended and the CompanyRestated Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit toExhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration StatementCurrent Report on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220956)8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)May 26, 2021)

10.12

10.15

Amendment No. 1 dated December 1, 2017 to the Securities SubscriptionForm of Long-Term Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement dated July 18, 2017, between One Madison Group LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit toExhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Registration StatementCurrent Report on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956)8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)May 26, 2021)

31.1

10.16

Permitted Exit Payment Amendment, dated July 28, 2021, which amends that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated June 3, 2019, among Ranpak Corp., Ranpak B.V., Ranger Pledgor LLC, the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2021)

10.17

Separation and Release of Claims Agreement by and between the Company and Michael A. Jones dated November 28, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on November 29, 2022)

16.1

Letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission of Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated June 3, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 3, 2022)

21.1*

List of Subsidiaries of Ranpak Holdings Corp.

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – KPMG LLP

23.2*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP

24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page)

31.1*

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

31.2

31.2*

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

32.1

32*

Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc.and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

32.2

Certificate of

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the Chief Financial Officer of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document*

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)


SIGNATURES

* Filed herewith

89


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

ONE MADISON CORPORATION

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Date: March 29, 2018

By:

/s/ Omar M. Asali 

Date:

March 31, 2023

Name: Omar M. Asali

By:

/s/ William Drew

Title: Chairman

William Drew

Senior Vice President and Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that eachEach person whose signature appears below constitutes andhereby appoints Omar M. Asali and Bharani BobbaWilliam Drew, and each or any one of them individually, to act severally as his true and lawful attorney-in-factor her attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power and authority, including the power of substitution and resubstitution, for himto sign and file on his or her behalf and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any andeach capacity stated below, all amendments and/or supplements to this Annual Report, on Form 10-K,which amendments or supplements may make changes and additions to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto saidthis Report as such attorneys-in-fact, and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.appropriate.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NameTitleDate

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Omar M. Asali

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

March 29, 201831, 2023

Omar M. Asali

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Bharani BobbaWilliam Drew

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 29, 201831, 2023

Bharani Bobba

William Drew

(principal financial and accounting officer)

/s/ Thomas F. Corley

Director

March 29, 201831, 2023

Thomas F. Corley

/s/ Keith R. McLoughlinPamela El

Director

March 29, 201831, 2023

Keith R. McLoughlin

Pamela El

/s/ Michael Gliedman

Director

March 31, 2023

Michael Gliedman

/s/ Michael A. Jones

Director

March 29, 201831, 2023

Michael A. Jones

/s/ Robert C. King

Director

March 29, 201831, 2023

Robert C. King

/s/ Salil Seshadri

Director

March 31, 2023

Salil Seshadri

/s/ Alicia Tranen

Director

March 31, 2023

Alicia Tranen

/s/ Kurt Zumwalt

Director

March 31, 2023

Kurt Zumwalt

90

60